]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
c609719b | 1 | # |
b75190de | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012 |
c609719b WD |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, [email protected]. |
4 | # | |
5 | # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this | |
6 | # project. | |
7 | # | |
8 | # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or | |
9 | # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as | |
10 | # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of | |
11 | # the License, or (at your option) any later version. | |
12 | # | |
13 | # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
14 | # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
15 | # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
16 | # GNU General Public License for more details. | |
17 | # | |
18 | # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
19 | # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
20 | # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, | |
21 | # MA 02111-1307 USA | |
22 | # | |
23 | ||
24 | Summary: | |
25 | ======== | |
26 | ||
24ee89b9 | 27 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for |
e86e5a07 WD |
28 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other |
29 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to | |
30 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application | |
31 | code. | |
c609719b WD |
32 | |
33 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of | |
24ee89b9 WD |
34 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some |
35 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to | |
c609719b WD |
36 | support booting of Linux images. |
37 | ||
38 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily | |
39 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are | |
40 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to | |
41 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used | |
42 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can | |
43 | load and run it dynamically. | |
44 | ||
45 | ||
46 | Status: | |
47 | ======= | |
48 | ||
49 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the | |
24ee89b9 | 50 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered |
c609719b WD |
51 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. |
52 | ||
24ee89b9 | 53 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out |
218ca724 WD |
54 | who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board |
55 | maintainers. | |
c609719b | 56 | |
adb9d851 RD |
57 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; |
58 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: | |
59 | ||
60 | make CHANGELOG | |
61 | ||
c609719b WD |
62 | |
63 | Where to get help: | |
64 | ================== | |
65 | ||
24ee89b9 WD |
66 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for |
67 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at | |
0c32565f PT |
68 | <[email protected]>. There is also an archive of previous traffic |
69 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. | |
70 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and | |
71 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot | |
c609719b WD |
72 | |
73 | ||
218ca724 WD |
74 | Where to get source code: |
75 | ========================= | |
76 | ||
77 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at | |
78 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at | |
79 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary | |
80 | ||
81 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of | |
11ccc33f | 82 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also |
218ca724 WD |
83 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ |
84 | directory. | |
85 | ||
d4ee711d | 86 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from |
218ca724 WD |
87 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ |
88 | ||
89 | ||
c609719b WD |
90 | Where we come from: |
91 | =================== | |
92 | ||
93 | - start from 8xxrom sources | |
24ee89b9 | 94 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) |
c609719b WD |
95 | - clean up code |
96 | - make it easier to add custom boards | |
97 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs | |
98 | - extend functions, especially: | |
99 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader | |
100 | * S-Record download | |
101 | * network boot | |
11ccc33f | 102 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot |
24ee89b9 | 103 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) |
c609719b | 104 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) |
24ee89b9 | 105 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) |
0d28f34b | 106 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot |
24ee89b9 WD |
107 | |
108 | ||
109 | Names and Spelling: | |
110 | =================== | |
111 | ||
112 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling | |
113 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments | |
114 | in source files etc.). Example: | |
115 | ||
116 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. | |
117 | ||
118 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: | |
119 | ||
120 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h | |
121 | ||
122 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> | |
123 | ||
124 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on | |
125 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: | |
126 | ||
127 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo | |
128 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start | |
c609719b WD |
129 | |
130 | ||
93f19cc0 WD |
131 | Versioning: |
132 | =========== | |
133 | ||
360d883a TW |
134 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases |
135 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning | |
136 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by | |
137 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. | |
138 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix | |
139 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. | |
140 | ||
141 | Examples: | |
c0f40859 | 142 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 |
360d883a TW |
143 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree |
144 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release | |
93f19cc0 WD |
145 | |
146 | ||
c609719b WD |
147 | Directory Hierarchy: |
148 | ==================== | |
149 | ||
8d321b81 PT |
150 | /arch Architecture specific files |
151 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture | |
152 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
153 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs | |
154 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs | |
6eb0921a | 155 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU |
a9046b9e WD |
156 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs |
157 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs | |
8d321b81 PT |
158 | /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs |
159 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs | |
160 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs | |
161 | /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs | |
162 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs | |
163 | /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs | |
164 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs | |
165 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
166 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture | |
167 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
168 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
169 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture | |
170 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
171 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
fea25720 | 172 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture |
8d321b81 PT |
173 | /cpu CPU specific files |
174 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
175 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture | |
176 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
177 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs | |
178 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs | |
179 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs | |
180 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs | |
181 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs | |
182 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
183 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture | |
184 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
185 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
186 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture | |
187 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
92bbd64e | 188 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs |
80421fcc | 189 | /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs |
8d321b81 | 190 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
afc1ce82 ML |
191 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture |
192 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
193 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs | |
194 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
8d321b81 PT |
195 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture |
196 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
197 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
a47a12be | 198 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture |
8d321b81 PT |
199 | /cpu CPU specific files |
200 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs | |
201 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs | |
202 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs | |
203 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs | |
8d321b81 PT |
204 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs |
205 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs | |
206 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs | |
207 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs | |
208 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
209 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture | |
210 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
211 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs | |
212 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs | |
213 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs | |
214 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
215 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture | |
216 | /cpu CPU specific files | |
217 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU | |
218 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU | |
219 | /lib Architecture specific library files | |
220 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps | |
221 | /board Board dependent files | |
222 | /common Misc architecture independent functions | |
223 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling | |
224 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) | |
225 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers | |
226 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. | |
227 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) | |
228 | /include Header Files | |
229 | /lib Files generic to all architectures | |
230 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees | |
231 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression | |
232 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression | |
233 | /net Networking code | |
234 | /post Power On Self Test | |
235 | /rtc Real Time Clock drivers | |
236 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. | |
c609719b | 237 | |
c609719b WD |
238 | Software Configuration: |
239 | ======================= | |
240 | ||
241 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the | |
242 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. | |
243 | ||
244 | There are two classes of configuration variables: | |
245 | ||
246 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: | |
247 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with | |
248 | "CONFIG_". | |
249 | ||
250 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: | |
251 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if | |
252 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with | |
6d0f6bcf | 253 | "CONFIG_SYS_". |
c609719b WD |
254 | |
255 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even | |
256 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to | |
257 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic | |
258 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards | |
259 | as an example here. | |
260 | ||
261 | ||
262 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: | |
263 | --------------------------------------------------- | |
264 | ||
265 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default | |
266 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". | |
267 | ||
268 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: | |
269 | ||
270 | cd u-boot | |
271 | make TQM823L_config | |
272 | ||
11ccc33f | 273 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; |
c609719b WD |
274 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent |
275 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. | |
276 | ||
277 | ||
278 | Configuration Options: | |
279 | ---------------------- | |
280 | ||
281 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all | |
282 | such information is kept in a configuration file | |
283 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". | |
284 | ||
285 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in | |
286 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". | |
287 | ||
288 | ||
7f6c2cbc WD |
289 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux |
290 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to | |
291 | build a config tool - later. | |
292 | ||
293 | ||
c609719b WD |
294 | The following options need to be configured: |
295 | ||
2628114e KP |
296 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. |
297 | ||
298 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. | |
6ccec449 WD |
299 | |
300 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) | |
09ea0de0 | 301 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 |
c609719b WD |
302 | |
303 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | |
304 | Define exactly one of | |
305 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD | |
306 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: | |
307 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, | |
308 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 | |
309 | ||
310 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | |
311 | Define exactly one of | |
312 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 | |
313 | ||
314 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | |
315 | Define one or more of | |
316 | CONFIG_CMA302 | |
317 | ||
318 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) | |
319 | Define one or more of | |
320 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on | |
11ccc33f | 321 | the LCD display every second with |
c609719b WD |
322 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ |
323 | ||
2535d602 WD |
324 | - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) |
325 | CONFIG_ADSTYPE | |
326 | Possible values are: | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
327 | CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS |
328 | CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS | |
329 | CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR | |
330 | CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS | |
2535d602 | 331 | |
cf946c6d LW |
332 | - Marvell Family Member |
333 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable | |
334 | multiple fs option at one time | |
335 | for marvell soc family | |
336 | ||
c609719b | 337 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) |
5da627a4 WD |
338 | Define exactly one of |
339 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 | |
c609719b | 340 | |
11ccc33f | 341 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) |
66ca92a5 WD |
342 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if |
343 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work | |
5da627a4 WD |
344 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz |
345 | reference PIT/RTC clock | |
66ca92a5 WD |
346 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK |
347 | or XTAL/EXTAL) | |
c609719b | 348 | |
66ca92a5 | 349 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
350 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN |
351 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX | |
66ca92a5 | 352 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT |
75d1ea7f WD |
353 | See doc/README.MPC866 |
354 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 355 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK |
75d1ea7f | 356 | |
ba56f625 WD |
357 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead |
358 | of relying on the correctness of the configured | |
359 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure | |
360 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note | |
361 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz | |
6d0f6bcf | 362 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) |
75d1ea7f | 363 | |
506f3918 HS |
364 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE |
365 | ||
366 | Define this option if you want to enable the | |
367 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. | |
368 | ||
66412c63 | 369 | - 85xx CPU Options: |
ffd06e02 YS |
370 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 |
371 | ||
372 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements | |
373 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR | |
374 | compliance, among other possible reasons. | |
375 | ||
66412c63 KG |
376 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV |
377 | ||
378 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the | |
379 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ | |
380 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. | |
381 | ||
8f29084a KG |
382 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT |
383 | ||
384 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device | |
385 | tree nodes for the given platform. | |
386 | ||
afa6b551 PK |
387 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB |
388 | ||
389 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work | |
390 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger | |
391 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where | |
392 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this | |
393 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this | |
394 | purpose. | |
395 | ||
33eee330 SW |
396 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 |
397 | ||
398 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, | |
399 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and | |
400 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. | |
401 | ||
402 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV | |
403 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) | |
404 | ||
405 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) | |
406 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. | |
407 | ||
408 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision | |
409 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus | |
410 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls | |
411 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. | |
412 | ||
413 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about | |
414 | this erratum. | |
415 | ||
74fa22ed PK |
416 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND |
417 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only | |
418 | requred during NOR boot. | |
419 | ||
33eee330 SW |
420 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY |
421 | ||
422 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 | |
423 | according to the A004510 workaround. | |
424 | ||
765b0bdb PJ |
425 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR |
426 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory | |
427 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. | |
428 | ||
429 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT | |
430 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. | |
431 | ||
6cb461b4 DS |
432 | - Generic CPU options: |
433 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN | |
434 | ||
435 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those | |
436 | values is arch specific. | |
437 | ||
0b953ffc | 438 | - Intel Monahans options: |
6d0f6bcf | 439 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO |
0b953ffc MK |
440 | |
441 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator | |
442 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core | |
443 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. | |
444 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 445 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO |
cf48eb9a | 446 | |
0b953ffc MK |
447 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator |
448 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and | |
cf48eb9a | 449 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied |
0b953ffc | 450 | by this value. |
cf48eb9a | 451 | |
92bbd64e DS |
452 | - MIPS CPU options: |
453 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET | |
454 | ||
455 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack | |
456 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before | |
457 | relocation. | |
458 | ||
459 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE | |
460 | ||
461 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. | |
462 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. | |
463 | Possible values are: | |
464 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA | |
465 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA | |
466 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED | |
467 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT | |
468 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE | |
469 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW | |
470 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW | |
471 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED | |
472 | ||
473 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG | |
474 | ||
475 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. | |
476 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. | |
477 | ||
478 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES | |
479 | ||
480 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq | |
481 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to | |
482 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. | |
483 | ||
b67d8816 CR |
484 | - ARM options: |
485 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH | |
486 | ||
487 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not | |
488 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. | |
489 | ||
5356f545 A |
490 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD |
491 | ||
492 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction | |
493 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides | |
494 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support | |
495 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by | |
496 | GCC. | |
497 | ||
c5d4752c | 498 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 |
0678587f SW |
499 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 |
500 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 | |
501 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 | |
502 | ||
503 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early | |
504 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the | |
505 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection | |
506 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not | |
507 | set these options unless they apply! | |
508 | ||
795659dc SW |
509 | - CPU timer options: |
510 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ | |
511 | ||
512 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). | |
513 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG | |
514 | option must be set to 1000. | |
515 | ||
5da627a4 | 516 | - Linux Kernel Interface: |
c609719b WD |
517 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ |
518 | ||
519 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz | |
520 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux | |
521 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the | |
522 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable | |
523 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot | |
524 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the | |
525 | Linux kernel. | |
c609719b | 526 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of |
218ca724 | 527 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the |
c609719b WD |
528 | default environment. |
529 | ||
5da627a4 WD |
530 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] |
531 | ||
11ccc33f | 532 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions |
5da627a4 WD |
533 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. |
534 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. | |
535 | ||
fec6d9ee | 536 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
f57f70aa WD |
537 | |
538 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be | |
213bf8c8 GVB |
539 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware |
540 | concepts). | |
541 | ||
542 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | |
543 | * New libfdt-based support | |
544 | * Adds the "fdt" command | |
3bb342fc | 545 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt |
213bf8c8 | 546 | |
b55ae402 MZ |
547 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for |
548 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | |
549 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for | |
550 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | |
f57f70aa | 551 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. |
c2871f03 | 552 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device |
f57f70aa | 553 | |
11ccc33f MZ |
554 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC |
555 | addresses | |
3bb342fc | 556 | |
4e253137 KG |
557 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP |
558 | ||
559 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make | |
560 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel | |
f57f70aa | 561 | |
0267768e MM |
562 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU |
563 | ||
11ccc33f | 564 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot |
0267768e MM |
565 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. |
566 | ||
3887c3fb HS |
567 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP |
568 | ||
569 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. | |
570 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot | |
571 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, | |
572 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and | |
573 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where | |
574 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. | |
575 | ||
7eb29398 IG |
576 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] |
577 | ||
578 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one | |
579 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type | |
580 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry | |
581 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). | |
582 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported | |
583 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is | |
584 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. | |
585 | ||
0b2f4eca NG |
586 | - vxWorks boot parameters: |
587 | ||
588 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following | |
589 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. | |
590 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. | |
591 | ||
592 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name | |
593 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address | |
594 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server | |
595 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters | |
596 | ||
597 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS | |
598 | ||
599 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" | |
600 | ||
601 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride | |
602 | the defaults discussed just above. | |
603 | ||
2c451f78 A |
604 | - Cache Configuration: |
605 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot | |
606 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot | |
607 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot | |
608 | ||
93bc2193 A |
609 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: |
610 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache | |
611 | controller | |
612 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 | |
613 | controller register space | |
614 | ||
6705d81e | 615 | - Serial Ports: |
48d0192f | 616 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL |
6705d81e WD |
617 | |
618 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. | |
619 | ||
48d0192f | 620 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL |
6705d81e WD |
621 | |
622 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. | |
623 | ||
624 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK | |
625 | ||
626 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to | |
627 | the clock speed of the UARTs. | |
628 | ||
629 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS | |
630 | ||
631 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, | |
632 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) | |
633 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h | |
634 | ||
910f1ae3 JR |
635 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR |
636 | ||
637 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) | |
638 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set | |
639 | this variable to initialize the extra register. | |
640 | ||
641 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT | |
642 | ||
643 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage | |
644 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this | |
645 | variable to flush the UART at init time. | |
646 | ||
6705d81e | 647 | |
c609719b | 648 | - Console Interface: |
43d9616c WD |
649 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port |
650 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, | |
651 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial | |
652 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE | |
c609719b WD |
653 | |
654 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial | |
655 | port routines must be defined elsewhere | |
656 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) | |
657 | ||
658 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | |
659 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following | |
c53043b7 | 660 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) |
c609719b WD |
661 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation |
662 | (default big endian) | |
663 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports | |
664 | rectangle fill | |
665 | (cf. smiLynxEM) | |
666 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports | |
667 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) | |
668 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns | |
669 | (cols=pitch) | |
ba56f625 WD |
670 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows |
671 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel | |
c609719b WD |
672 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format |
673 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) | |
ba56f625 | 674 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address |
c609719b WD |
675 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct |
676 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) | |
677 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct | |
678 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) | |
679 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct | |
680 | (i.e. i8042_getc) | |
681 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off | |
682 | (requires blink timer | |
683 | cf. i8042.c) | |
6d0f6bcf | 684 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) |
c609719b WD |
685 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in |
686 | upper right corner | |
602ad3b3 | 687 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) |
c609719b WD |
688 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in |
689 | upper left corner | |
a6c7ad2f WD |
690 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of |
691 | linux_logo.h for logo. | |
692 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | |
c609719b | 693 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO |
11ccc33f | 694 | additional board info beside |
c609719b WD |
695 | the logo |
696 | ||
33a35bbb T |
697 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support |
698 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, | |
699 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). | |
700 | ||
43d9616c WD |
701 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is |
702 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with | |
703 | environment 'console=serial'. | |
c609719b | 704 | |
d4ca31c4 WD |
705 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console |
706 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with | |
707 | the "silent" environment variable. See | |
708 | doc/README.silent for more information. | |
a3ad8e26 | 709 | |
c609719b WD |
710 | - Console Baudrate: |
711 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps | |
712 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
713 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
714 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale | |
c609719b | 715 | |
c92fac91 HS |
716 | - Console Rx buffer length |
717 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define | |
718 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. | |
2b3f12c2 | 719 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. |
c92fac91 HS |
720 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE |
721 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for | |
722 | the SMC. | |
723 | ||
9558b48a | 724 | - Pre-Console Buffer: |
4cf2609b WD |
725 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART |
726 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. | |
727 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to | |
728 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being | |
729 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | |
730 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is | |
731 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | |
6feff899 | 732 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the |
4cf2609b WD |
733 | earlier bytes are discarded. |
734 | ||
735 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if | |
736 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 | |
9558b48a | 737 | |
046a37bd SR |
738 | - Safe printf() functions |
739 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of | |
740 | the printf() functions. These are defined in | |
741 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and | |
742 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. | |
743 | If this option is not given then these functions will | |
744 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means | |
745 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. | |
746 | ||
c609719b WD |
747 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds |
748 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; | |
749 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. | |
93d7212f JH |
750 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort |
751 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). | |
c609719b WD |
752 | |
753 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that | |
754 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. | |
755 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | |
756 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN | |
757 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED | |
758 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT | |
759 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | |
760 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | |
761 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 | |
762 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 | |
763 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK | |
764 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY | |
765 | ||
766 | - Autoboot Command: | |
767 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | |
768 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; | |
769 | define a command string that is automatically executed | |
770 | when no character is read on the console interface | |
771 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. | |
772 | ||
773 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS | |
43d9616c WD |
774 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm |
775 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the | |
776 | environment value "bootargs". | |
c609719b WD |
777 | |
778 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT | |
43d9616c WD |
779 | The value of these goes into the environment as |
780 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used | |
781 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from | |
11ccc33f | 782 | RAM and NFS. |
c609719b WD |
783 | |
784 | - Pre-Boot Commands: | |
785 | CONFIG_PREBOOT | |
786 | ||
787 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the | |
788 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked | |
789 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | |
790 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. | |
791 | entering interactive mode. | |
792 | ||
793 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is | |
794 | automatically generated or modified. For an example | |
795 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is | |
796 | modified when the user holds down a certain | |
797 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when | |
798 | booting the systems | |
799 | ||
800 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: | |
801 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | |
802 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a | |
803 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are | |
804 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal | |
805 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take | |
806 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial | |
807 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. | |
808 | ||
602ad3b3 | 809 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) |
c609719b WD |
810 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE |
811 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | |
6d0f6bcf | 812 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
c609719b WD |
813 | |
814 | - Monitor Functions: | |
602ad3b3 JL |
815 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded |
816 | from the build by using the #include files | |
c6c621bd SW |
817 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted |
818 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> | |
602ad3b3 JL |
819 | and augmenting with additional #define's |
820 | for wanted commands. | |
821 | ||
822 | The default command configuration includes all commands | |
823 | except those marked below with a "*". | |
824 | ||
825 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable | |
602ad3b3 JL |
826 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo |
827 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger | |
828 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support | |
829 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands | |
830 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd | |
831 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache | |
832 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo | |
710b9938 | 833 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 |
602ad3b3 JL |
834 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... |
835 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support | |
836 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics | |
a7c93104 PT |
837 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands |
838 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command | |
839 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd | |
840 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command | |
602ad3b3 JL |
841 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat |
842 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments | |
246c6922 | 843 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable |
602ad3b3 JL |
844 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support |
845 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx | |
5e2b3e0c | 846 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks |
fffad71b | 847 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags |
0c79cda0 | 848 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment |
03e2ecf6 SW |
849 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support |
850 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support | |
bdab39d3 | 851 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv |
602ad3b3 | 852 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support |
03e2ecf6 | 853 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support |
602ad3b3 JL |
854 | CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support |
855 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect | |
856 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support | |
ccca7dfd | 857 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE Device fuse support |
53fdc7ef | 858 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot |
a641b979 | 859 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) |
a000b795 | 860 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment |
bf36c5d5 | 861 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest |
602ad3b3 JL |
862 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control |
863 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support | |
864 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support | |
865 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo | |
8fdf1e0f VK |
866 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash |
867 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash | |
602ad3b3 | 868 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support |
0c79cda0 | 869 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment |
c167cc02 | 870 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env |
602ad3b3 JL |
871 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo |
872 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values | |
873 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support | |
874 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb | |
1ba7fd25 | 875 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) |
d22c338e JH |
876 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration |
877 | (169.254.*.*) | |
602ad3b3 JL |
878 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb |
879 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads | |
02c9aa1d RG |
880 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest |
881 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) | |
15a33e49 | 882 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information |
602ad3b3 | 883 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, |
a2681707 WD |
884 | loop, loopw |
885 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest | |
602ad3b3 JL |
886 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc |
887 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support | |
888 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands | |
68d7d651 | 889 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support |
602ad3b3 JL |
890 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support |
891 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot | |
e92739d3 | 892 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands |
c0f40859 | 893 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command |
602ad3b3 JL |
894 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo |
895 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support | |
896 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network | |
897 | host | |
898 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O | |
ff048ea9 | 899 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition |
602ad3b3 JL |
900 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump |
901 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable | |
d304931f | 902 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features |
602ad3b3 JL |
903 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump |
904 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support | |
905 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information | |
906 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) | |
907 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access | |
908 | (4xx only) | |
f61ec45e | 909 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash |
c6b1ee66 | 910 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest |
02c9aa1d | 911 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) |
7d861d95 | 912 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x |
74de7aef | 913 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support |
602ad3b3 | 914 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support |
7a83af07 | 915 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode |
1fb7cd49 | 916 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) |
da83bcd7 JH |
917 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) |
918 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer | |
602ad3b3 | 919 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support |
602ad3b3 | 920 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support |
c8339f51 | 921 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support |
602ad3b3 | 922 | |
c609719b WD |
923 | |
924 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network | |
925 | support you can write: | |
926 | ||
602ad3b3 JL |
927 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" |
928 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET | |
c609719b | 929 | |
213bf8c8 GVB |
930 | Other Commands: |
931 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | |
c609719b WD |
932 | |
933 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands | |
602ad3b3 | 934 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know |
43d9616c WD |
935 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data |
936 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or | |
937 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be | |
938 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other | |
939 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an | |
940 | initial stack and some data. | |
c609719b WD |
941 | |
942 | ||
943 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! | |
944 | ||
a5ecbe62 WD |
945 | - Regular expression support: |
946 | CONFIG_REGEX | |
947 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against | |
948 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, | |
949 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for | |
950 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". | |
951 | ||
45ba8077 SG |
952 | - Device tree: |
953 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | |
954 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree | |
955 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically | |
956 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is | |
957 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device | |
958 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. | |
959 | ||
2c0f79e4 SG |
960 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can |
961 | be done using one of the two options below: | |
bbb0b128 SG |
962 | |
963 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED | |
964 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree | |
965 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the | |
966 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file | |
967 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through | |
968 | the global data structure as gd->blob. | |
45ba8077 | 969 | |
2c0f79e4 SG |
970 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE |
971 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree | |
972 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific | |
973 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: | |
974 | ||
975 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin | |
976 | ||
977 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called | |
978 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can | |
979 | still use the individual files if you need something more | |
980 | exotic. | |
981 | ||
c609719b WD |
982 | - Watchdog: |
983 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG | |
984 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog | |
6abe6fb6 DZ |
985 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC |
986 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 | |
987 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR | |
988 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is | |
989 | available, then no further board specific code should | |
990 | be needed to use it. | |
991 | ||
992 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG | |
993 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used | |
994 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board | |
995 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. | |
c609719b | 996 | |
c1551ea8 SR |
997 | - U-Boot Version: |
998 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE | |
999 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable | |
1000 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot | |
1001 | version as printed by the "version" command. | |
a1ea8e51 BT |
1002 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the |
1003 | next reset. | |
c1551ea8 | 1004 | |
c609719b WD |
1005 | - Real-Time Clock: |
1006 | ||
602ad3b3 | 1007 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC |
c609719b WD |
1008 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the |
1009 | following options: | |
1010 | ||
1011 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx | |
1012 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC | |
4e8b7544 | 1013 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC |
c609719b | 1014 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC |
1cb8e980 | 1015 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC |
c609719b | 1016 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC |
7f70e853 | 1017 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC |
3bac3513 | 1018 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC |
9536dfcc | 1019 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC |
4c0d4c3b | 1020 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC |
6d0f6bcf | 1021 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 |
71d19f30 HS |
1022 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on |
1023 | RV3029 RTC. | |
c609719b | 1024 | |
b37c7e5e WD |
1025 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1026 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | |
1027 | ||
e92739d3 PT |
1028 | - GPIO Support: |
1029 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO | |
1030 | CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command | |
1031 | ||
5dec49ca CP |
1032 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of |
1033 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of | |
1034 | pins supported by a particular chip. | |
1035 | ||
e92739d3 PT |
1036 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1037 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | |
1038 | ||
c609719b WD |
1039 | - Timestamp Support: |
1040 | ||
43d9616c WD |
1041 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp |
1042 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image | |
1043 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is | |
602ad3b3 | 1044 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . |
c609719b | 1045 | |
923c46f9 KP |
1046 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: |
1047 | Zero or more of the following: | |
1048 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. | |
1049 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the | |
1050 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. | |
1051 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. | |
1052 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the | |
1053 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see | |
1054 | disk/part_efi.c | |
1055 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. | |
c609719b | 1056 | |
218ca724 WD |
1057 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or |
1058 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at | |
923c46f9 | 1059 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. |
c609719b WD |
1060 | |
1061 | - IDE Reset method: | |
4d13cbad WD |
1062 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several |
1063 | board configurations files but used nowhere! | |
c609719b | 1064 | |
4d13cbad WD |
1065 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will |
1066 | be performed by calling the function | |
1067 | ide_set_reset(int reset) | |
1068 | which has to be defined in a board specific file | |
c609719b WD |
1069 | |
1070 | - ATAPI Support: | |
1071 | CONFIG_ATAPI | |
1072 | ||
1073 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. | |
1074 | ||
c40b2956 WD |
1075 | - LBA48 Support |
1076 | CONFIG_LBA48 | |
1077 | ||
1078 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB | |
4b142feb | 1079 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. |
c40b2956 WD |
1080 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' |
1081 | support disks up to 2.1TB. | |
1082 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 1083 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: |
c40b2956 WD |
1084 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. |
1085 | Default is 32bit. | |
1086 | ||
c609719b WD |
1087 | - SCSI Support: |
1088 | At the moment only there is only support for the | |
1089 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define | |
1090 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. | |
1091 | ||
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
1092 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and |
1093 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * | |
1094 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the | |
c609719b WD |
1095 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target |
1096 | devices. | |
6d0f6bcf | 1097 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) |
c609719b | 1098 | |
447c031b SR |
1099 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of |
1100 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. | |
1101 | ||
c609719b | 1102 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): |
682011ff | 1103 | CONFIG_E1000 |
ce5207e1 KM |
1104 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. |
1105 | ||
1106 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI | |
1107 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. | |
1108 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one | |
1109 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. | |
1110 | ||
1111 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC | |
1112 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for | |
1113 | example with the "sspi" command. | |
1114 | ||
1115 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 | |
1116 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices | |
1117 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. | |
53cf9435 | 1118 | |
ac3315c2 | 1119 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC |
11ccc33f | 1120 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. |
ac3315c2 | 1121 | |
c609719b WD |
1122 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 |
1123 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. | |
11ccc33f | 1124 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM |
c609719b WD |
1125 | write routine for first time initialisation. |
1126 | ||
1127 | CONFIG_TULIP | |
1128 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. | |
1129 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific | |
1130 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). | |
1131 | ||
1132 | CONFIG_NATSEMI | |
1133 | Support for National dp83815 chips. | |
1134 | ||
1135 | CONFIG_NS8382X | |
1136 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. | |
1137 | ||
45219c46 WD |
1138 | - NETWORK Support (other): |
1139 | ||
c041e9d2 JS |
1140 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC |
1141 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. | |
1142 | ||
1143 | CONFIG_RMII | |
1144 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface | |
1145 | ||
1146 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET | |
1147 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. | |
1148 | The driver doen't show link status messages. | |
1149 | ||
efdd7319 RH |
1150 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC |
1151 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device | |
1152 | ||
3bb46d23 | 1153 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 |
45219c46 WD |
1154 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. |
1155 | ||
1156 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE | |
1157 | Define this to hold the physical address | |
1158 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space | |
1159 | ||
1160 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT | |
1161 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing | |
1162 | ||
3bb46d23 | 1163 | CONFIG_SMC91111 |
f39748ae WD |
1164 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip |
1165 | ||
1166 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE | |
1167 | Define this to hold the physical address | |
1168 | of the device (I/O space) | |
1169 | ||
1170 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT | |
1171 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | |
1172 | ||
1173 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS | |
1174 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros | |
1175 | (some hardware wont work with macros) | |
1176 | ||
dc02bada HS |
1177 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC |
1178 | Support for davinci emac | |
1179 | ||
1180 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT | |
1181 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. | |
1182 | ||
b3dbf4a5 ML |
1183 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 |
1184 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet | |
1185 | ||
1186 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA | |
1187 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. | |
1188 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. | |
1189 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur | |
1190 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or | |
1191 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit | |
1192 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the | |
1193 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. | |
1194 | ||
c2fff331 | 1195 | CONFIG_SMC911X |
557b377d JG |
1196 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips |
1197 | ||
c2fff331 | 1198 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE |
557b377d JG |
1199 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1200 | of the device (I/O space) | |
1201 | ||
c2fff331 | 1202 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT |
557b377d JG |
1203 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1204 | ||
c2fff331 | 1205 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT |
557b377d JG |
1206 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor |
1207 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit | |
c2fff331 | 1208 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. |
557b377d | 1209 | |
3d0075fa YS |
1210 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER |
1211 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller | |
1212 | ||
1213 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT | |
1214 | Define the number of ports to be used | |
1215 | ||
1216 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR | |
1217 | Define the ETH PHY's address | |
1218 | ||
68260aab YS |
1219 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK |
1220 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. | |
1221 | ||
5e124724 | 1222 | - TPM Support: |
90899cc0 CC |
1223 | CONFIG_TPM |
1224 | Support TPM devices. | |
1225 | ||
1b393db5 TWHT |
1226 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C |
1227 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device | |
1228 | per system is supported at this time. | |
1229 | ||
1230 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER | |
1231 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device | |
1232 | ||
1233 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS | |
1234 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus | |
1235 | ||
1236 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION | |
1237 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit | |
1238 | ||
90899cc0 | 1239 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC |
5e124724 VB |
1240 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device |
1241 | per system is supported at this time. | |
1242 | ||
1243 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS | |
1244 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped | |
1245 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at | |
1246 | 0xfed40000. | |
1247 | ||
c609719b WD |
1248 | - USB Support: |
1249 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is | |
4d13cbad | 1250 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define |
c609719b WD |
1251 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. |
1252 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard | |
30d56fae | 1253 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB |
c609719b WD |
1254 | storage devices. |
1255 | Note: | |
1256 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives | |
1257 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). | |
4d13cbad WD |
1258 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: |
1259 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK | |
1260 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb | |
307ecb6d EM |
1261 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB |
1262 | for USB on PSC3 | |
4d13cbad WD |
1263 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG |
1264 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 | |
1265 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 | |
307ecb6d EM |
1266 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 |
1267 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 | |
6d0f6bcf | 1268 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL |
fdcfaa1b ZW |
1269 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling |
1270 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts | |
4d13cbad | 1271 | |
9ab4ce22 SG |
1272 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the |
1273 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. | |
1274 | ||
aa155058 KJS |
1275 | CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum |
1276 | interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) | |
1277 | ||
16c8d5e7 WD |
1278 | - USB Device: |
1279 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. | |
1280 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the | |
1281 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and | |
11ccc33f | 1282 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1283 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty |
1284 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to | |
386eda02 | 1285 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1286 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. |
1287 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate | |
1288 | a Linux host by | |
1289 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID | |
1290 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment | |
1291 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following | |
1292 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h | |
386eda02 | 1293 | |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1294 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE |
1295 | Define this to build a UDC device | |
1296 | ||
1297 | CONFIG_USB_TTY | |
1298 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to | |
1299 | talk to the UDC device | |
386eda02 | 1300 | |
f9da0f89 VK |
1301 | CONFIG_USBD_HS |
1302 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb | |
1303 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine | |
1304 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) | |
1305 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll | |
1306 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full | |
1307 | speed. | |
1308 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 1309 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1310 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to |
1311 | be set to usbtty. | |
1312 | ||
1313 | mpc8xx: | |
6d0f6bcf | 1314 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH |
16c8d5e7 | 1315 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" |
6d0f6bcf | 1316 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 |
386eda02 | 1317 | |
6d0f6bcf | 1318 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH |
16c8d5e7 | 1319 | Derive USB clock from brgclk |
6d0f6bcf | 1320 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 |
16c8d5e7 | 1321 | |
386eda02 | 1322 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to |
16c8d5e7 | 1323 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h |
386eda02 | 1324 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1325 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, |
1326 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot | |
1327 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. | |
1328 | ||
1329 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER | |
1330 | Define this string as the name of your company for | |
1331 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" | |
386eda02 | 1332 | |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1333 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME |
1334 | Define this string as the name of your product | |
1335 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" | |
1336 | ||
1337 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID | |
1338 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB | |
1339 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID | |
1340 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. | |
1341 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF | |
386eda02 | 1342 | |
16c8d5e7 WD |
1343 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID |
1344 | Define this as the unique Product ID | |
1345 | for your device | |
1346 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF | |
4d13cbad | 1347 | |
d70a560f IG |
1348 | - ULPI Layer Support: |
1349 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via | |
1350 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY | |
1351 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and | |
1352 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based | |
1353 | viewport is supported. | |
1354 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and | |
1355 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. | |
6d365ea0 LS |
1356 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the |
1357 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to | |
1358 | the appropriate value in Hz. | |
c609719b | 1359 | |
71f95118 | 1360 | - MMC Support: |
8bde7f77 WD |
1361 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To |
1362 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be | |
1363 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device | |
71f95118 | 1364 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is |
602ad3b3 JL |
1365 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with |
1366 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. | |
71f95118 | 1367 | |
afb35666 YS |
1368 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF |
1369 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller | |
1370 | ||
1371 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR | |
1372 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers | |
1373 | ||
1374 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK | |
1375 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF | |
1376 | ||
b3ba6e94 TR |
1377 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: |
1378 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION | |
1379 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class | |
1380 | ||
1381 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU | |
1382 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have | |
1383 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command | |
1384 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be | |
1385 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. | |
1386 | ||
1387 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC | |
1388 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. | |
1389 | ||
c6631764 PA |
1390 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND |
1391 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. | |
1392 | ||
ea2453d5 PA |
1393 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE |
1394 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, | |
1395 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write | |
1396 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define | |
1397 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. | |
1398 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. | |
1399 | ||
6705d81e WD |
1400 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: |
1401 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, | |
1402 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV | |
1403 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device | |
1404 | ||
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
1405 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, |
1406 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS | |
6705d81e WD |
1407 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device |
1408 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 1409 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART |
6705d81e WD |
1410 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a |
1411 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) | |
1412 | ||
1413 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to | |
6d0f6bcf | 1414 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 |
6705d81e WD |
1415 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you |
1416 | have not defined a custom partition | |
1417 | ||
c30a15e5 DK |
1418 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: |
1419 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE | |
656f4c65 DK |
1420 | |
1421 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a | |
1422 | file in FAT formatted partition. | |
1423 | ||
1424 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the | |
1425 | user to write files to FAT. | |
c30a15e5 | 1426 | |
84cd9327 GB |
1427 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support |
1428 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS | |
1429 | ||
1430 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot | |
1431 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls | |
1432 | and cbfsload. | |
1433 | ||
c609719b WD |
1434 | - Keyboard Support: |
1435 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD | |
1436 | ||
1437 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard | |
1438 | support | |
1439 | ||
1440 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD | |
1441 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and | |
1442 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. | |
1443 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc | |
1444 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. | |
1445 | ||
1446 | - Video support: | |
1447 | CONFIG_VIDEO | |
1448 | ||
1449 | Define this to enable video support (for output to | |
1450 | video). | |
1451 | ||
1452 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 | |
1453 | ||
1454 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip | |
1455 | ||
1456 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM | |
b79a11cc | 1457 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The |
eeb1b77b WD |
1458 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' |
1459 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is | |
1460 | assumed. | |
1461 | ||
b79a11cc | 1462 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is |
11ccc33f | 1463 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways |
eeb1b77b WD |
1464 | are possible: |
1465 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. | |
6e592385 | 1466 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): |
eeb1b77b WD |
1467 | |
1468 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 | |
1469 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | |
1470 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 | |
1471 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 | |
1472 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A | |
1473 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B | |
1474 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | |
c609719b WD |
1475 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) |
1476 | ||
b79a11cc | 1477 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed |
7817cb20 | 1478 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) |
eeb1b77b WD |
1479 | |
1480 | ||
c1551ea8 | 1481 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 |
43d9616c | 1482 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp |
a6c7ad2f WD |
1483 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP |
1484 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP | |
1485 | ||
7d3053fb | 1486 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB |
04e5ae79 | 1487 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for |
7d3053fb TT |
1488 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU |
1489 | support, and should also define these other macros: | |
1490 | ||
1491 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR | |
1492 | CONFIG_VIDEO | |
1493 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP | |
1494 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | |
1495 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR | |
1496 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE | |
1497 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | |
1498 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO | |
1499 | ||
ba8e76bd TT |
1500 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment |
1501 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during | |
1502 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a | |
1503 | description of this variable. | |
7d3053fb | 1504 | |
058d59b0 SG |
1505 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA |
1506 | ||
1507 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you | |
1508 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer | |
1509 | driver. | |
1510 | ||
1511 | ||
682011ff | 1512 | - Keyboard Support: |
8bde7f77 | 1513 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD |
682011ff | 1514 | |
8bde7f77 WD |
1515 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. |
1516 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be | |
1517 | defined in your board-specific files. | |
1518 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. | |
a6c7ad2f | 1519 | |
c609719b WD |
1520 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD |
1521 | ||
1522 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD | |
1523 | display); also select one of the supported displays | |
1524 | by defining one of these: | |
1525 | ||
39cf4804 SP |
1526 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: |
1527 | ||
1528 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. | |
1529 | ||
fd3103bb | 1530 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: |
c609719b | 1531 | |
fd3103bb | 1532 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. |
c609719b | 1533 | |
fd3103bb | 1534 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 |
c609719b | 1535 | |
fd3103bb WD |
1536 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. |
1537 | Active, color, single scan. | |
1538 | ||
1539 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 | |
1540 | ||
1541 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. | |
c609719b WD |
1542 | Active, color, single scan. |
1543 | ||
1544 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 | |
1545 | ||
1546 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. | |
1547 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. | |
1548 | ||
1549 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 | |
1550 | ||
1551 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. | |
1552 | Active, color, single scan. | |
1553 | ||
1554 | CONFIG_HLD1045 | |
1555 | ||
1556 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. | |
1557 | Active, color, single scan. | |
1558 | ||
1559 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW | |
1560 | ||
1561 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 | |
1562 | or | |
1563 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T | |
1564 | or | |
1565 | Hitachi SP14Q002 | |
1566 | ||
1567 | 320x240. Black & white. | |
1568 | ||
1569 | Normally display is black on white background; define | |
6d0f6bcf | 1570 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. |
c609719b | 1571 | |
676d319e SG |
1572 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT |
1573 | ||
1574 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is | |
1575 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. | |
1576 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE | |
1577 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on | |
1578 | a per-section basis. | |
1579 | ||
0d89efef SG |
1580 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES |
1581 | ||
1582 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of | |
1583 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes | |
1584 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling | |
1585 | is slow. | |
676d319e | 1586 | |
45d7f525 TWHT |
1587 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 |
1588 | ||
1589 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. | |
1590 | ||
735987c5 TWHT |
1591 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID |
1592 | ||
1593 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID | |
1594 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. | |
1595 | ||
7152b1d0 | 1596 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN |
d791b1dc | 1597 | |
8bde7f77 WD |
1598 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for |
1599 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display | |
1600 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD | |
e94d2cd9 | 1601 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address |
8bde7f77 WD |
1602 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The |
1603 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This | |
1604 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is | |
1605 | loaded very quickly after power-on. | |
d791b1dc | 1606 | |
c0880485 NK |
1607 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD |
1608 | ||
1609 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment | |
1610 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address | |
1611 | (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). | |
1612 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment | |
1613 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data | |
1614 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned | |
1615 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) | |
1616 | there is no need to set this option. | |
1617 | ||
1ca298ce MW |
1618 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN |
1619 | ||
1620 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned | |
1621 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the | |
1622 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as | |
1623 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it | |
1624 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also | |
1625 | specify 'm' for centering the image. | |
1626 | ||
1627 | Example: | |
1628 | setenv splashpos m,m | |
1629 | => image at center of screen | |
1630 | ||
1631 | setenv splashpos 30,20 | |
1632 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 | |
1633 | ||
1634 | setenv splashpos -10,m | |
1635 | => vertically centered image | |
1636 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 | |
1637 | ||
581bb419 NK |
1638 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE |
1639 | ||
1640 | If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare() | |
1641 | function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part | |
1642 | of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an | |
1643 | opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is | |
1644 | processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot. | |
1645 | ||
98f4a3df SR |
1646 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP |
1647 | ||
1648 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP | |
1649 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the | |
1650 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. | |
1651 | ||
d5011762 AG |
1652 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 |
1653 | ||
1654 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images | |
1655 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the | |
1656 | bmp command. | |
1657 | ||
f2b96dfb LW |
1658 | - Do compresssing for memory range: |
1659 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP | |
1660 | ||
1661 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method | |
1662 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. | |
1663 | ||
c29fdfc1 WD |
1664 | - Compression support: |
1665 | CONFIG_BZIP2 | |
1666 | ||
1667 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed | |
1668 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip | |
1669 | compressed images are supported. | |
1670 | ||
42d1f039 | 1671 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so |
6d0f6bcf | 1672 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should |
42d1f039 | 1673 | be at least 4MB. |
d791b1dc | 1674 | |
fc9c1727 LCM |
1675 | CONFIG_LZMA |
1676 | ||
1677 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed | |
1678 | images is included. | |
1679 | ||
1680 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it | |
1681 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the | |
1682 | formula: | |
1683 | ||
1684 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) | |
1685 | ||
1686 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits | |
1687 | and Literal pos bits. | |
1688 | ||
1689 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, | |
1690 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a | |
1691 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is | |
1692 | a very small buffer. | |
1693 | ||
1694 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and | |
1695 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring | |
6d0f6bcf | 1696 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). |
fc9c1727 | 1697 | |
17ea1177 WD |
1698 | - MII/PHY support: |
1699 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR | |
1700 | ||
1701 | The address of PHY on MII bus. | |
1702 | ||
1703 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) | |
1704 | ||
1705 | The clock frequency of the MII bus | |
1706 | ||
1707 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE | |
1708 | ||
1709 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex | |
11ccc33f | 1710 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. |
17ea1177 WD |
1711 | |
1712 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY | |
1713 | ||
1714 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | |
1715 | reset before any MII register access is possible. | |
1716 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay | |
1717 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) | |
1718 | ||
1719 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) | |
1720 | ||
1721 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | |
1722 | command issued before MII status register can be read | |
1723 | ||
c609719b WD |
1724 | - Ethernet address: |
1725 | CONFIG_ETHADDR | |
c68a05fe | 1726 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR |
c609719b WD |
1727 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR |
1728 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR | |
c68a05fe | 1729 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR |
1730 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR | |
c609719b | 1731 | |
11ccc33f MZ |
1732 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use |
1733 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this | |
c609719b WD |
1734 | is not determined automatically. |
1735 | ||
1736 | - IP address: | |
1737 | CONFIG_IPADDR | |
1738 | ||
1739 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for | |
11ccc33f | 1740 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not |
c609719b | 1741 | determined through e.g. bootp. |
1ebcd654 | 1742 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") |
c609719b WD |
1743 | |
1744 | - Server IP address: | |
1745 | CONFIG_SERVERIP | |
1746 | ||
11ccc33f | 1747 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP |
c609719b | 1748 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. |
1ebcd654 | 1749 | (Environment variable "serverip") |
c609719b | 1750 | |
97cfe861 RG |
1751 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR |
1752 | ||
1753 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' | |
1754 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) | |
1755 | ||
1ebcd654 WD |
1756 | - Gateway IP address: |
1757 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP | |
1758 | ||
1759 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the | |
1760 | default router where packets to other networks are | |
1761 | sent to. | |
1762 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") | |
1763 | ||
1764 | - Subnet mask: | |
1765 | CONFIG_NETMASK | |
1766 | ||
1767 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or | |
1768 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP | |
1769 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be | |
1770 | forwarded through a router. | |
1771 | (Environment variable "netmask") | |
1772 | ||
53a5c424 DU |
1773 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: |
1774 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP | |
1775 | ||
1776 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per | |
1777 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets | |
11ccc33f | 1778 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet |
53a5c424 DU |
1779 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a |
1780 | multicast group. | |
1781 | ||
c609719b WD |
1782 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: |
1783 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY | |
1784 | ||
1785 | If you have many targets in a network that try to | |
1786 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all | |
1787 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same | |
1788 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery | |
1789 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to | |
1790 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining | |
1791 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be | |
1792 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The | |
6c33c785 | 1793 | following delays are inserted then: |
c609719b WD |
1794 | |
1795 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec | |
1796 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec | |
1797 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec | |
1798 | 4th and following | |
1799 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec | |
1800 | ||
fe389a82 | 1801 | - DHCP Advanced Options: |
1fe80d79 JL |
1802 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining |
1803 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: | |
1804 | ||
1805 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK | |
1806 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY | |
1807 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME | |
1808 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN | |
1809 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH | |
1810 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE | |
1811 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | |
1812 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 | |
1813 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME | |
1814 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER | |
1815 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET | |
1816 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX | |
2c00e099 | 1817 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL |
fe389a82 | 1818 | |
5d110f0a WC |
1819 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip |
1820 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. | |
fe389a82 | 1821 | |
2c00e099 JH |
1822 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found |
1823 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail | |
1824 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over | |
1825 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server | |
1826 | is not available. | |
1827 | ||
fe389a82 SR |
1828 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS |
1829 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more | |
1830 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. | |
1831 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS | |
1832 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment | |
1833 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always | |
1834 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | |
1fe80d79 | 1835 | is defined. |
fe389a82 SR |
1836 | |
1837 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable | |
1838 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they | |
1839 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. | |
5d110f0a | 1840 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content |
1fe80d79 JL |
1841 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as |
1842 | option 12 to the DHCP server. | |
fe389a82 | 1843 | |
d9a2f416 AV |
1844 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY |
1845 | ||
1846 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between | |
1847 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". | |
1848 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't | |
1849 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an | |
1850 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed | |
1851 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 | |
1852 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at | |
1853 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope | |
1854 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that | |
1855 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than | |
1856 | this delay. | |
1857 | ||
d22c338e JH |
1858 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: |
1859 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network | |
1860 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. | |
1861 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed | |
1862 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. | |
1863 | ||
1864 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. | |
1865 | ||
a3d991bd | 1866 | - CDP Options: |
6e592385 | 1867 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID |
a3d991bd WD |
1868 | |
1869 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. | |
1870 | ||
1871 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX | |
1872 | ||
1873 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address | |
1874 | of the device. | |
1875 | ||
1876 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID | |
1877 | ||
1878 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of | |
1879 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets | |
11ccc33f | 1880 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. |
a3d991bd WD |
1881 | |
1882 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES | |
1883 | ||
1884 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; | |
1885 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. | |
1886 | ||
1887 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION | |
1888 | ||
1889 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. | |
1890 | ||
1891 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM | |
1892 | ||
1893 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. | |
1894 | ||
1895 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER | |
1896 | ||
1897 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. | |
1898 | ||
1899 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION | |
1900 | ||
1901 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the | |
1902 | device in .1 of milliwatts. | |
1903 | ||
1904 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE | |
1905 | ||
1906 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. | |
1907 | ||
c609719b WD |
1908 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED |
1909 | ||
1910 | Several configurations allow to display the current | |
1911 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink | |
1912 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as | |
1913 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and | |
1914 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running | |
1915 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux | |
1916 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this | |
1917 | feature in U-Boot. | |
1918 | ||
1919 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER | |
1920 | ||
1921 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support | |
1922 | on those systems that support this (optional) | |
1923 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. | |
1924 | ||
1925 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C | |
1926 | ||
b37c7e5e | 1927 | These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of |
945af8d7 | 1928 | (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will |
11ccc33f | 1929 | include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU. |
c609719b | 1930 | |
945af8d7 | 1931 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot |
602ad3b3 | 1932 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in |
b37c7e5e WD |
1933 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime |
1934 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the | |
43d9616c | 1935 | command line interface. |
c609719b | 1936 | |
bb99ad6d | 1937 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. |
b37c7e5e | 1938 | |
945af8d7 | 1939 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka |
b37c7e5e WD |
1940 | bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware |
1941 | support for I2C. | |
c609719b | 1942 | |
945af8d7 | 1943 | There are several other quantities that must also be |
b37c7e5e | 1944 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C. |
c609719b | 1945 | |
6d0f6bcf | 1946 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED |
945af8d7 | 1947 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus |
6d0f6bcf | 1948 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie |
11ccc33f | 1949 | the CPU's i2c node address). |
945af8d7 | 1950 | |
8d321b81 | 1951 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx |
a47a12be | 1952 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node |
8d321b81 PT |
1953 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, |
1954 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set | |
1955 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. | |
c609719b | 1956 | |
5da71efa EM |
1957 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX |
1958 | ||
1959 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | |
1960 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | |
1961 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start | |
1962 | commands until the slave device responds. | |
1963 | ||
945af8d7 | 1964 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
c609719b | 1965 | |
b37c7e5e WD |
1966 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C) |
1967 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are | |
1968 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): | |
c609719b WD |
1969 | |
1970 | I2C_INIT | |
1971 | ||
b37c7e5e | 1972 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C |
43d9616c | 1973 | controller or configure ports. |
c609719b | 1974 | |
ba56f625 | 1975 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) |
b37c7e5e | 1976 | |
c609719b WD |
1977 | I2C_PORT |
1978 | ||
43d9616c WD |
1979 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code |
1980 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values | |
1981 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. | |
c609719b WD |
1982 | |
1983 | I2C_ACTIVE | |
1984 | ||
1985 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active | |
1986 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this | |
1987 | define can be null. | |
1988 | ||
b37c7e5e WD |
1989 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) |
1990 | ||
c609719b WD |
1991 | I2C_TRISTATE |
1992 | ||
1993 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated | |
1994 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this | |
1995 | define can be null. | |
1996 | ||
b37c7e5e WD |
1997 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) |
1998 | ||
c609719b WD |
1999 | I2C_READ |
2000 | ||
472d5460 YS |
2001 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, |
2002 | false if it is low. | |
c609719b | 2003 | |
b37c7e5e WD |
2004 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) |
2005 | ||
c609719b WD |
2006 | I2C_SDA(bit) |
2007 | ||
472d5460 YS |
2008 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it |
2009 | is false, it clears it (low). | |
c609719b | 2010 | |
b37c7e5e | 2011 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ |
2535d602 | 2012 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ |
ba56f625 | 2013 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA |
b37c7e5e | 2014 | |
c609719b WD |
2015 | I2C_SCL(bit) |
2016 | ||
472d5460 YS |
2017 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it |
2018 | is false, it clears it (low). | |
c609719b | 2019 | |
b37c7e5e | 2020 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ |
2535d602 | 2021 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ |
ba56f625 | 2022 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL |
b37c7e5e | 2023 | |
c609719b WD |
2024 | I2C_DELAY |
2025 | ||
2026 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this | |
2027 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus | |
b37c7e5e | 2028 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something |
945af8d7 WD |
2029 | like: |
2030 | ||
b37c7e5e | 2031 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) |
c609719b | 2032 | |
793b5726 MF |
2033 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA |
2034 | ||
2035 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), | |
2036 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be | |
2037 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will | |
2038 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. | |
2039 | ||
2040 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to | |
2041 | the generic GPIO functions. | |
2042 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2043 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD |
47cd00fa | 2044 | |
8bde7f77 WD |
2045 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2046 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | |
2047 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access | |
2048 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the | |
2049 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin | |
2050 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a | |
2051 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c | |
2052 | is run early in the boot sequence. | |
47cd00fa | 2053 | |
26a33504 RR |
2054 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT |
2055 | ||
2056 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is | |
2057 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in | |
2058 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() | |
2059 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus | |
2060 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c | |
2061 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of | |
2062 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus | |
2063 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). | |
2064 | ||
17ea1177 WD |
2065 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
2066 | ||
2067 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags | |
2068 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment | |
2069 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) | |
2070 | ||
bb99ad6d BW |
2071 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2072 | ||
2073 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which | |
c0f40859 WD |
2074 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is |
2075 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. | |
bb99ad6d BW |
2076 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. |
2077 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2078 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES |
bb99ad6d BW |
2079 | |
2080 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped | |
c0f40859 | 2081 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
0f89c54b PT |
2082 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify |
2083 | a 1D array of device addresses | |
bb99ad6d BW |
2084 | |
2085 | e.g. | |
2086 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | |
c0f40859 | 2087 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} |
bb99ad6d BW |
2088 | |
2089 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus | |
2090 | ||
c0f40859 | 2091 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
6d0f6bcf | 2092 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} |
bb99ad6d BW |
2093 | |
2094 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 | |
2095 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2096 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
be5e6181 TT |
2097 | |
2098 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. | |
2099 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. | |
2100 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2101 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM |
0dc018ec SR |
2102 | |
2103 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. | |
2104 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. | |
2105 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2106 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM |
0dc018ec SR |
2107 | |
2108 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. | |
2109 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. | |
2110 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2111 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: |
9ebbb54f VG |
2112 | |
2113 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. | |
2114 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for | |
2115 | specified DTT device. | |
2116 | ||
be5e6181 TT |
2117 | CONFIG_FSL_I2C |
2118 | ||
2119 | Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in | |
7817cb20 | 2120 | drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c. |
be5e6181 | 2121 | |
67b23a32 HS |
2122 | CONFIG_I2C_MUX |
2123 | ||
2124 | Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n | |
2125 | I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C | |
2126 | Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a | |
2127 | new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the | |
2128 | new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for | |
2129 | the muxes to activate this new "bus". | |
2130 | ||
2131 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this | |
2132 | feature! | |
2133 | ||
2134 | Example: | |
2135 | Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes | |
2136 | The First mux with address 70 and channel 6 | |
2137 | The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4 | |
2138 | ||
2139 | => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4 | |
2140 | ||
2141 | Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list | |
2142 | of I2C Busses with muxes: | |
2143 | ||
2144 | => i2c bus | |
2145 | Busses reached over muxes: | |
2146 | Bus ID: 2 | |
2147 | reached over Mux(es): | |
2148 | pca9544a@70 ch: 4 | |
2149 | Bus ID: 3 | |
2150 | reached over Mux(es): | |
2151 | pca9544a@70 ch: 6 | |
2152 | pca9544a@71 ch: 4 | |
2153 | => | |
2154 | ||
2155 | If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3" | |
f9a78b8d MJ |
2156 | u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable |
2157 | channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable | |
67b23a32 HS |
2158 | the channel 4. |
2159 | ||
2160 | After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as | |
f9a78b8d | 2161 | usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind |
67b23a32 HS |
2162 | the 2 muxes. |
2163 | ||
2164 | This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging | |
2165 | algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C | |
2166 | Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult | |
2167 | to add this option to other architectures. | |
2168 | ||
2ac6985a AD |
2169 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START |
2170 | ||
2171 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in | |
2172 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start | |
2173 | between writing the address pointer and reading the | |
2174 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour | |
2175 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C | |
2176 | devices can use either method, but some require one or | |
2177 | the other. | |
be5e6181 | 2178 | |
c609719b WD |
2179 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI |
2180 | ||
2181 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with | |
2182 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and | |
2183 | D/As on the SACSng board) | |
2184 | ||
6639562e YS |
2185 | CONFIG_SH_SPI |
2186 | ||
2187 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently | |
2188 | only SH7757 is supported. | |
2189 | ||
c609719b WD |
2190 | CONFIG_SPI_X |
2191 | ||
2192 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. | |
2193 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) | |
2194 | ||
2195 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI | |
2196 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2197 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than |
2198 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose | |
2199 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins | |
2200 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is | |
2201 | defined, the board configuration must define several | |
2202 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For | |
2203 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. | |
c609719b | 2204 | |
04a9e118 BW |
2205 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI |
2206 | ||
2207 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads | |
2208 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration | |
2209 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. | |
c0f40859 | 2210 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an |
04a9e118 BW |
2211 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. |
2212 | ||
38254f45 GL |
2213 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI |
2214 | ||
2215 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC | |
2e3cd1cd | 2216 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. |
38254f45 | 2217 | |
0133502e | 2218 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA |
c609719b | 2219 | |
0133502e MF |
2220 | Enables FPGA subsystem. |
2221 | ||
2222 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> | |
2223 | ||
2224 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. | |
2225 | (ALTERA, XILINX) | |
c609719b | 2226 | |
0133502e | 2227 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> |
c609719b | 2228 | |
0133502e MF |
2229 | Enables support for FPGA family. |
2230 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) | |
2231 | ||
2232 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT | |
2233 | ||
2234 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. | |
c609719b | 2235 | |
6d0f6bcf | 2236 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK |
c609719b | 2237 | |
8bde7f77 | 2238 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. |
c609719b | 2239 | |
6d0f6bcf | 2240 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY |
c609719b | 2241 | |
43d9616c WD |
2242 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy |
2243 | status by the configuration function. This option | |
2244 | will require a board or device specific function to | |
2245 | be written. | |
c609719b WD |
2246 | |
2247 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY | |
2248 | ||
2249 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA | |
2250 | configuration driver. | |
2251 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2252 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC |
c609719b WD |
2253 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration |
2254 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2255 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR |
c609719b | 2256 | |
43d9616c WD |
2257 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile |
2258 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II | |
2259 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which | |
2260 | indicated a CRC error). | |
c609719b | 2261 | |
6d0f6bcf | 2262 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT |
c609719b | 2263 | |
43d9616c WD |
2264 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert |
2265 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II | |
2266 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 | |
11ccc33f | 2267 | ms. |
c609719b | 2268 | |
6d0f6bcf | 2269 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY |
c609719b | 2270 | |
43d9616c | 2271 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during |
11ccc33f | 2272 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. |
c609719b | 2273 | |
6d0f6bcf | 2274 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG |
c609719b | 2275 | |
43d9616c | 2276 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is |
11ccc33f | 2277 | 200 ms. |
c609719b WD |
2278 | |
2279 | - Configuration Management: | |
2280 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING | |
2281 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2282 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot |
2283 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) | |
c609719b WD |
2284 | |
2285 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: | |
2286 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2287 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment |
2288 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and | |
7152b1d0 | 2289 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that |
43d9616c WD |
2290 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and |
2291 | protects these variables from casual modification by | |
2292 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, | |
2293 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can | |
11ccc33f | 2294 | change this behaviour: |
c609719b WD |
2295 | |
2296 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config | |
2297 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is | |
47cd00fa | 2298 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete |
c609719b WD |
2299 | these parameters. |
2300 | ||
2301 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR | |
2302 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default | |
11ccc33f | 2303 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, |
c609719b WD |
2304 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The |
2305 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains | |
2306 | read-only.] | |
2307 | ||
2598090b JH |
2308 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way |
2309 | for any variable by configuring the type of access | |
2310 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable | |
2311 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. | |
2312 | ||
c609719b WD |
2313 | - Protected RAM: |
2314 | CONFIG_PRAM | |
2315 | ||
2316 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of | |
2317 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten | |
2318 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of | |
2319 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite | |
2320 | this default value by defining an environment | |
2321 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to | |
2322 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will | |
2323 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is | |
2324 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will | |
2325 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of | |
2326 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot | |
2327 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: | |
2328 | ||
fe126d8b | 2329 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} |
c609719b WD |
2330 | saveenv |
2331 | ||
2332 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, | |
2333 | either, which results in a memory region that will | |
2334 | not be affected by reboots. | |
2335 | ||
2336 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic | |
2337 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that | |
2338 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the | |
2339 | following board configurations are known to be | |
2340 | "pRAM-clean": | |
2341 | ||
1b0757ec WD |
2342 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, |
2343 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, | |
544d97e9 | 2344 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 |
c609719b | 2345 | |
40fef049 GB |
2346 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) |
2347 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not | |
2348 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures | |
2349 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit | |
2350 | machines using physical address extension or similar. | |
2351 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which | |
2352 | currently only supports clearing the memory. | |
2353 | ||
c609719b WD |
2354 | - Error Recovery: |
2355 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG | |
2356 | ||
2357 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a | |
2358 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. | |
2359 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded | |
11ccc33f | 2360 | system where you want the system to reboot |
c609719b WD |
2361 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be |
2362 | useful during development since you can try to debug | |
2363 | the conditions that lead to the situation. | |
2364 | ||
2365 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT | |
2366 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2367 | This variable defines the number of retries for |
2368 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP | |
2369 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a | |
2370 | default value of 5 is used. | |
c609719b | 2371 | |
40cb90ee GL |
2372 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT |
2373 | ||
2374 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. | |
2375 | ||
48a3e999 TK |
2376 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT |
2377 | ||
2378 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. | |
2379 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, | |
2380 | try longer timeout such as | |
2381 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL | |
2382 | ||
c609719b | 2383 | - Command Interpreter: |
8078f1a5 | 2384 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE |
04a85b3b WD |
2385 | |
2386 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. | |
2387 | ||
a9398e01 WD |
2388 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet |
2389 | for the "hush" shell. | |
8078f1a5 WD |
2390 | |
2391 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2392 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER |
c609719b WD |
2393 | |
2394 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from | |
2395 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling | |
2396 | powerful command line syntax like | |
2397 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' | |
2398 | constructs ("shell scripts"). | |
2399 | ||
2400 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour | |
2401 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. | |
2402 | ||
2403 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 2404 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 |
c609719b WD |
2405 | |
2406 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is | |
2407 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input | |
2408 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". | |
2409 | ||
2410 | Note: | |
2411 | ||
8bde7f77 WD |
2412 | In the current implementation, the local variables |
2413 | space and global environment variables space are | |
2414 | separated. Local variables are those you define by | |
2415 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local | |
2416 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or | |
2417 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable | |
2418 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. | |
c609719b | 2419 | |
43d9616c WD |
2420 | Global environment variables are those you use |
2421 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored | |
2422 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, | |
2423 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. | |
c609719b WD |
2424 | |
2425 | To store commands and special characters in a | |
2426 | variable, please use double quotation marks | |
2427 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead | |
2428 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special | |
2429 | symbols. | |
2430 | ||
aa0c71ac WD |
2431 | - Commandline Editing and History: |
2432 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING | |
2433 | ||
11ccc33f | 2434 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive |
b9365a26 | 2435 | commandline input operations |
aa0c71ac | 2436 | |
a8c7c708 | 2437 | - Default Environment: |
c609719b WD |
2438 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS |
2439 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2440 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated |
2441 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of | |
7152b1d0 | 2442 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. |
2262cfee | 2443 | |
43d9616c WD |
2444 | For example, place something like this in your |
2445 | board's config file: | |
c609719b WD |
2446 | |
2447 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ | |
2448 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ | |
2449 | "myvar2=value2\0" | |
2450 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2451 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the |
2452 | internal format how the environment is stored by the | |
2453 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported | |
2454 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format | |
7152b1d0 | 2455 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. |
c609719b WD |
2456 | You better know what you are doing here. |
2457 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2458 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is |
2459 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset | |
74de7aef | 2460 | the environment like the "source" command or the |
43d9616c | 2461 | boot command first. |
c609719b | 2462 | |
5e724ca2 SW |
2463 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG |
2464 | ||
2465 | Define this in order to add variables describing the | |
2466 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. | |
2467 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. | |
2468 | ||
2469 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: | |
2470 | ||
2471 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH | |
2472 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU | |
2473 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD | |
2474 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR | |
2475 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC | |
2476 | ||
7e27f89f TR |
2477 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG |
2478 | ||
2479 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain | |
2480 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the | |
2481 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. | |
2482 | ||
06fd8538 SG |
2483 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT |
2484 | ||
2485 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is | |
2486 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits | |
2487 | that so that the environment is not available until | |
2488 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | |
2489 | this is instead controlled by the value of | |
2490 | /config/load-environment. | |
2491 | ||
a8c7c708 | 2492 | - DataFlash Support: |
2abbe075 WD |
2493 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH |
2494 | ||
8bde7f77 WD |
2495 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and |
2496 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard | |
2497 | commands cp, md... | |
2abbe075 | 2498 | |
f61ec45e EN |
2499 | - Serial Flash support |
2500 | CONFIG_CMD_SF | |
2501 | ||
2502 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands | |
2503 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. | |
2504 | ||
2505 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial | |
2506 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update | |
2507 | commands. | |
2508 | ||
2509 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform | |
2510 | to handle the common case when only a single serial | |
2511 | flash is present on the system. | |
2512 | ||
2513 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier | |
2514 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select | |
2515 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) | |
2516 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz | |
2517 | ||
24007273 SG |
2518 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST |
2519 | ||
2520 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash | |
2521 | test ('sf test'). | |
2522 | ||
3f85ce27 WD |
2523 | - SystemACE Support: |
2524 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | |
2525 | ||
2526 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE | |
2527 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address | |
11ccc33f | 2528 | of the chip must also be defined in the |
6d0f6bcf | 2529 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: |
3f85ce27 WD |
2530 | |
2531 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | |
6d0f6bcf | 2532 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 |
3f85ce27 WD |
2533 | |
2534 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type | |
2535 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. | |
2536 | ||
ecb0ccd9 WD |
2537 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: |
2538 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT | |
2539 | ||
28cb9375 | 2540 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp |
ecb0ccd9 | 2541 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. |
28cb9375 | 2542 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port |
ecb0ccd9 WD |
2543 | number generator is used. |
2544 | ||
28cb9375 WD |
2545 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply |
2546 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't | |
2547 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. | |
2548 | ||
2549 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to | |
ecb0ccd9 WD |
2550 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured |
2551 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of | |
2552 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing | |
2553 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. | |
2554 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, | |
2555 | but sometimes that is not allowed. | |
2556 | ||
bf36c5d5 SG |
2557 | - Hashing support: |
2558 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH | |
2559 | ||
2560 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce | |
2561 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). | |
2562 | ||
2563 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY | |
2564 | ||
2565 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code | |
2566 | size a little. | |
2567 | ||
2568 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing | |
2569 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing | |
2570 | ||
2571 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps | |
2572 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. | |
2573 | ||
a8c7c708 | 2574 | - Show boot progress: |
c609719b WD |
2575 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS |
2576 | ||
43d9616c WD |
2577 | Defining this option allows to add some board- |
2578 | specific code (calling a user-provided function | |
2579 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show | |
2580 | the system's boot progress on some display (for | |
2581 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, | |
2582 | the following checkpoints are implemented: | |
c609719b | 2583 | |
3a608ca0 SG |
2584 | - Detailed boot stage timing |
2585 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE | |
2586 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage | |
2587 | of the boot process. | |
2588 | ||
2589 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT | |
2590 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. | |
2591 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) | |
2592 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed | |
2593 | the limit, recording will stop. | |
2594 | ||
2595 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT | |
2596 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: | |
2597 | ||
2598 | Timer summary in microseconds: | |
2599 | Mark Elapsed Stage | |
2600 | 0 0 reset | |
2601 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start | |
2602 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 | |
2603 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done | |
2604 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start | |
2605 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop | |
2606 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start | |
2607 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel | |
2608 | ||
2eba38cf SG |
2609 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE |
2610 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report | |
2611 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. | |
2612 | ||
94fd1316 SG |
2613 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT |
2614 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' | |
2615 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child | |
2616 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the | |
2617 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the | |
2618 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. | |
2619 | For example: | |
2620 | ||
2621 | bootstage { | |
2622 | 154 { | |
2623 | name = "board_init_f"; | |
2624 | mark = <3575678>; | |
2625 | }; | |
2626 | 170 { | |
2627 | name = "lcd"; | |
2628 | accum = <33482>; | |
2629 | }; | |
2630 | }; | |
2631 | ||
2632 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. | |
2633 | ||
1372cce2 MB |
2634 | Legacy uImage format: |
2635 | ||
c609719b WD |
2636 | Arg Where When |
2637 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image | |
ba56f625 | 2638 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number |
c609719b | 2639 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number |
ba56f625 | 2640 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum |
c609719b | 2641 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum |
ba56f625 | 2642 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum |
c609719b WD |
2643 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum |
2644 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture | |
2645 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | |
1372cce2 | 2646 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) |
c609719b WD |
2647 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK |
2648 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error | |
2649 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type | |
2650 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK | |
1372cce2 | 2651 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error |
c609719b | 2652 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) |
1372cce2 MB |
2653 | |
2654 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | |
2655 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number | |
2656 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum | |
2657 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK | |
2658 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum | |
2659 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum | |
2660 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading | |
11ccc33f | 2661 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) |
1372cce2 MB |
2662 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification |
2663 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. | |
2664 | ||
c0f40859 | 2665 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS |
c609719b | 2666 | |
a47a12be | 2667 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system |
11dadd54 WD |
2668 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() |
2669 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() | |
63e73c9a | 2670 | |
566a494f HS |
2671 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device |
2672 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command | |
2673 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command | |
2674 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device | |
2675 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device | |
2676 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | |
2677 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available | |
2678 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device | |
2679 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK | |
2680 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number | |
2681 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | |
2682 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device | |
2683 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | |
2684 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device | |
2685 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command | |
2686 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command | |
2687 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device | |
2688 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found | |
2689 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available | |
2690 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available | |
2691 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected | |
2692 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected | |
2693 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table | |
2694 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found | |
2695 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type | |
2696 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type | |
2697 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | |
2698 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK | |
2699 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number | |
2700 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number | |
2701 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum | |
2702 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum | |
2703 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device | |
2704 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK | |
2705 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device | |
2706 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command | |
2707 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command | |
2708 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device | |
2709 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found | |
2710 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | |
2711 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available | |
2712 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | |
2713 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK | |
2714 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number | |
2715 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number | |
2716 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device | |
2717 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK | |
2718 | ||
2719 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default | |
2720 | ||
11ccc33f | 2721 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. |
566a494f HS |
2722 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. |
2723 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. | |
2724 | ||
2725 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong | |
2726 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() | |
11ccc33f | 2727 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred |
566a494f HS |
2728 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error |
2729 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) | |
2730 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot | |
74de7aef WD |
2731 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command |
2732 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command | |
566a494f | 2733 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors |
c609719b | 2734 | |
1372cce2 MB |
2735 | FIT uImage format: |
2736 | ||
2737 | Arg Where When | |
2738 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format | |
2739 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format | |
2740 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration | |
2741 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage | |
2742 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified | |
2743 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset | |
f773bea8 | 2744 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node |
1372cce2 MB |
2745 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset |
2746 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed | |
2747 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK | |
2748 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture | |
2749 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | |
11ccc33f MZ |
2750 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type |
2751 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK | |
1372cce2 MB |
2752 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size |
2753 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size | |
2754 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) | |
2755 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type | |
2756 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp | |
2757 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os | |
2758 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address | |
2759 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error | |
2760 | ||
2761 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | |
2762 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format | |
2763 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format | |
11ccc33f | 2764 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration |
1372cce2 MB |
2765 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage |
2766 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified | |
2767 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset | |
2768 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset | |
2769 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed | |
2770 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK | |
2771 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture | |
2772 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK | |
2773 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size | |
2774 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size | |
2775 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address | |
2776 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address | |
2777 | ||
11ccc33f | 2778 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format |
1372cce2 MB |
2779 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK |
2780 | ||
11ccc33f | 2781 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format |
1372cce2 MB |
2782 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK |
2783 | ||
11ccc33f | 2784 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format |
1372cce2 MB |
2785 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK |
2786 | ||
d95f6ec7 GB |
2787 | - FIT image support: |
2788 | CONFIG_FIT | |
2789 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. | |
2790 | ||
2791 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH | |
2792 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the | |
2793 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of | |
2794 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the | |
2795 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. | |
2796 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. | |
2797 | ||
4cf2609b WD |
2798 | - Standalone program support: |
2799 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR | |
2800 | ||
6feff899 WD |
2801 | This option defines a board specific value for the |
2802 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus | |
2803 | overwriting the architecture dependent default | |
4cf2609b WD |
2804 | settings. |
2805 | ||
2806 | - Frame Buffer Address: | |
2807 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR | |
2808 | ||
2809 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific | |
44a53b57 WD |
2810 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case |
2811 | when using a graphics controller has separate video | |
2812 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at | |
2813 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it | |
2814 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs | |
2815 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the | |
2816 | configured panel size. | |
4cf2609b WD |
2817 | |
2818 | Please see board_init_f function. | |
2819 | ||
cccfc2ab DZ |
2820 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server |
2821 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP | |
2822 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX | |
2823 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX | |
2824 | ||
2825 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; | |
2826 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. | |
2827 | ||
2828 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) | |
2829 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE | |
2830 | ||
2831 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. | |
2832 | Needed for mtdparts command support. | |
2833 | ||
2834 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS | |
2835 | ||
2836 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux | |
2837 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. | |
2838 | ||
70c219cd JH |
2839 | - UBI support |
2840 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI | |
2841 | ||
2842 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted | |
2843 | with the UBI flash translation layer | |
2844 | ||
2845 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE | |
2846 | ||
147162da JH |
2847 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
2848 | ||
2849 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves | |
2850 | warnings and errors enabled. | |
2851 | ||
70c219cd JH |
2852 | - UBIFS support |
2853 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS | |
2854 | ||
2855 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as | |
2856 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. | |
2857 | ||
2858 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO | |
2859 | ||
147162da JH |
2860 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
2861 | ||
2862 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves | |
2863 | warnings and errors enabled. | |
2864 | ||
6a11cf48 | 2865 | - SPL framework |
04e5ae79 WD |
2866 | CONFIG_SPL |
2867 | Enable building of SPL globally. | |
6a11cf48 | 2868 | |
95579793 TR |
2869 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT |
2870 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. | |
2871 | ||
6ebc3461 AA |
2872 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT |
2873 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. | |
2874 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory | |
2875 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | |
8960af8b | 2876 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
6ebc3461 AA |
2877 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
2878 | ||
95579793 | 2879 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE |
6ebc3461 AA |
2880 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and |
2881 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. | |
2882 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does | |
2883 | not exceed it. | |
95579793 | 2884 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
2885 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE |
2886 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. | |
6a11cf48 | 2887 | |
94a45bb1 SW |
2888 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE |
2889 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to | |
2890 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). | |
2891 | ||
95579793 TR |
2892 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR |
2893 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. | |
2894 | ||
2895 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | |
6ebc3461 AA |
2896 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. |
2897 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used | |
2898 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | |
8960af8b | 2899 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
6ebc3461 | 2900 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
95579793 TR |
2901 | |
2902 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK | |
2903 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use | |
2904 | ||
94a45bb1 SW |
2905 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK |
2906 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after | |
2907 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to | |
2908 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. | |
2909 | ||
95579793 TR |
2910 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START |
2911 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. | |
2912 | ||
2913 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE | |
2914 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. | |
6a11cf48 | 2915 | |
47f7bcae TR |
2916 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK |
2917 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework | |
2918 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND | |
2919 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. | |
2920 | ||
861a86f4 TR |
2921 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT |
2922 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information | |
2923 | about the running system. | |
2924 | ||
4b919725 SW |
2925 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL |
2926 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image | |
2927 | ||
04e5ae79 WD |
2928 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT |
2929 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 2930 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
2931 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT |
2932 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 2933 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
2934 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT |
2935 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 2936 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
2937 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT |
2938 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 2939 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
2940 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT |
2941 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 2942 | |
95579793 TR |
2943 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, |
2944 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, | |
2945 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION | |
2946 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from | |
2947 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. | |
2948 | ||
2b75b0ad PK |
2949 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR |
2950 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being | |
2951 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) | |
2952 | ||
2953 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, | |
2954 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS | |
2955 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument | |
2956 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode | |
2957 | (for falcon mode) | |
2958 | ||
95579793 TR |
2959 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT |
2960 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary | |
2961 | ||
2962 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME | |
2963 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT | |
2964 | ||
7ad2cc79 PK |
2965 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME |
2966 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading | |
2967 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) | |
2968 | ||
2969 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME | |
2970 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters | |
2971 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) | |
2972 | ||
06f60ae3 SW |
2973 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND |
2974 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that | |
2975 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before | |
2976 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just | |
2977 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). | |
2978 | ||
6f2f01b9 SW |
2979 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE |
2980 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires | |
2981 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. | |
2982 | ||
2983 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS | |
2984 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. | |
2985 | ||
2986 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC | |
2987 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL | |
2988 | ||
95579793 | 2989 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE |
7d4b7955 SW |
2990 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that |
2991 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. | |
95579793 TR |
2992 | |
2993 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, | |
2994 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, | |
2995 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, | |
2996 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, | |
2997 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES | |
2998 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses | |
7d4b7955 | 2999 | to read U-Boot |
95579793 TR |
3000 | |
3001 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS | |
7d4b7955 SW |
3002 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from |
3003 | ||
3004 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST | |
3005 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to | |
3006 | ||
3007 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE | |
3008 | Size of image to load | |
95579793 TR |
3009 | |
3010 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START | |
7d4b7955 | 3011 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to |
95579793 TR |
3012 | |
3013 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST | |
3014 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the | |
3015 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. | |
3016 | ||
3017 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND | |
3018 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the | |
3019 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. | |
3020 | ||
04e5ae79 WD |
3021 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT |
3022 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 3023 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
3024 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT |
3025 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 3026 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
3027 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT |
3028 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary | |
c57b953d PM |
3029 | |
3030 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE | |
3031 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary | |
6a11cf48 | 3032 | |
04e5ae79 WD |
3033 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT |
3034 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary | |
1372cce2 | 3035 | |
74752baa | 3036 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO |
6113d3f2 BT |
3037 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending |
3038 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as | |
3039 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | |
3040 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | |
3041 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | |
74752baa | 3042 | |
ca2fca22 SW |
3043 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET |
3044 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs | |
3045 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for | |
3046 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. | |
3047 | ||
87ebee39 SG |
3048 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT |
3049 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of | |
3050 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this | |
3051 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the | |
3052 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. | |
3053 | ||
c609719b WD |
3054 | Modem Support: |
3055 | -------------- | |
3056 | ||
566e5cf4 | 3057 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] |
c609719b | 3058 | |
11ccc33f | 3059 | - Modem support enable: |
c609719b WD |
3060 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT |
3061 | ||
3062 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: | |
3063 | CONFIG_HWFLOW | |
3064 | ||
3065 | - Modem debug support: | |
3066 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG | |
3067 | ||
43d9616c WD |
3068 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) |
3069 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. | |
c609719b | 3070 | |
a8c7c708 WD |
3071 | - Interrupt support (PPC): |
3072 | ||
d4ca31c4 WD |
3073 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() |
3074 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() | |
11ccc33f | 3075 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() |
d4ca31c4 | 3076 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If |
11ccc33f | 3077 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt |
d4ca31c4 | 3078 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. |
11ccc33f | 3079 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU |
d4ca31c4 WD |
3080 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led |
3081 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from | |
3082 | general timer_interrupt(). | |
a8c7c708 | 3083 | |
c609719b WD |
3084 | - General: |
3085 | ||
43d9616c WD |
3086 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a |
3087 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during | |
3088 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally | |
11ccc33f | 3089 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from |
43d9616c WD |
3090 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy |
3091 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem | |
3092 | initialization. | |
c609719b | 3093 | |
43d9616c WD |
3094 | If there are no modem init strings in the |
3095 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the | |
3096 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be | |
11ccc33f | 3097 | suppressed, though. |
c609719b WD |
3098 | |
3099 | See also: doc/README.Modem | |
3100 | ||
9660e442 HR |
3101 | Board initialization settings: |
3102 | ------------------------------ | |
3103 | ||
3104 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions | |
3105 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup | |
3106 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the | |
3107 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is | |
3108 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c | |
3109 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). | |
3110 | ||
3111 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() | |
3112 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() | |
3113 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() | |
3114 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() | |
c609719b | 3115 | |
c609719b WD |
3116 | Configuration Settings: |
3117 | ----------------------- | |
3118 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3119 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; |
c609719b WD |
3120 | undefine this when you're short of memory. |
3121 | ||
2fb2604d PT |
3122 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default |
3123 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. | |
3124 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3125 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to |
c609719b WD |
3126 | prompt for user input. |
3127 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3128 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console |
c609719b | 3129 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3130 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output |
c609719b | 3131 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3132 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands |
c609719b | 3133 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3134 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to |
c609719b WD |
3135 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is |
3136 | booted | |
3137 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3138 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: |
c609719b WD |
3139 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. |
3140 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3141 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET |
8bde7f77 | 3142 | Suppress display of console information at boot. |
c609719b | 3143 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3144 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
8bde7f77 WD |
3145 | If the board specific function |
3146 | extern int overwrite_console (void); | |
3147 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the | |
c609719b WD |
3148 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. |
3149 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3150 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE |
8bde7f77 | 3151 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). |
c609719b | 3152 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3153 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE |
c609719b WD |
3154 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. |
3155 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3156 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: |
c609719b WD |
3157 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the |
3158 | simple memory test. | |
3159 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3160 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: |
8bde7f77 | 3161 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. |
c609719b | 3162 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3163 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: |
5f535fe1 WD |
3164 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test |
3165 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable | |
3166 | ||
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3167 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): |
3168 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, | |
14f73ca6 | 3169 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top |
11ccc33f | 3170 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By |
14f73ca6 SR |
3171 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed |
3172 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. | |
3173 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux | |
5e12e75d | 3174 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that |
14f73ca6 | 3175 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup |
5e12e75d | 3176 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. |
14f73ca6 SR |
3177 | |
3178 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx | |
3179 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't | |
3180 | be touched. | |
3181 | ||
3182 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of | |
3183 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, | |
3184 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a | |
3185 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major | |
3186 | problems. | |
3187 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3188 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: |
c609719b WD |
3189 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download |
3190 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3191 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: |
c609719b WD |
3192 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. |
3193 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3194 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: |
c609719b WD |
3195 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a |
3196 | Cogent motherboard) | |
3197 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3198 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: |
c609719b WD |
3199 | Physical start address of Flash memory. |
3200 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3201 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: |
c609719b WD |
3202 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by |
3203 | make config files to be same as the text base address | |
14d0a02a | 3204 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as |
6d0f6bcf | 3205 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. |
c609719b | 3206 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3207 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: |
8bde7f77 WD |
3208 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to |
3209 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is | |
3210 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate | |
3211 | flash sector. | |
c609719b | 3212 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3213 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: |
c609719b WD |
3214 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. |
3215 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3216 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: |
15940c9a SR |
3217 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an |
3218 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, | |
6d0f6bcf | 3219 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file |
15940c9a SR |
3220 | to adjust this setting to your needs. |
3221 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3222 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: |
c609719b WD |
3223 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of |
3224 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by | |
7d721e34 BS |
3225 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if |
3226 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" | |
3227 | enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case | |
3228 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" | |
c0f40859 | 3229 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment |
c3624e6e GL |
3230 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of |
3231 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, | |
3232 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. | |
c609719b | 3233 | |
fca43cc8 JR |
3234 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: |
3235 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the | |
3236 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand | |
3237 | is enabled. | |
3238 | ||
3239 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: | |
3240 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between | |
3241 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | |
3242 | ||
3243 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: | |
3244 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in | |
3245 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | |
3246 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3247 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: |
c609719b WD |
3248 | Max number of Flash memory banks |
3249 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3250 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: |
c609719b WD |
3251 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip |
3252 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3253 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: |
c609719b WD |
3254 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) |
3255 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3256 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: |
c609719b WD |
3257 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) |
3258 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3259 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT |
8564acf9 WD |
3260 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) |
3261 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3262 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT |
8564acf9 WD |
3263 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) |
3264 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3265 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION |
8564acf9 WD |
3266 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used |
3267 | instead of U-Boot software protection. | |
3268 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3269 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: |
c609719b WD |
3270 | |
3271 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; | |
3272 | without this option such a download has to be | |
3273 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) | |
3274 | copy from RAM to flash. | |
3275 | ||
3276 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since | |
3277 | you can check if the download worked before you erase | |
11ccc33f MZ |
3278 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is |
3279 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the | |
c609719b WD |
3280 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. |
3281 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3282 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: |
43d9616c | 3283 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the |
5653fc33 WD |
3284 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. |
3285 | ||
00b1883a | 3286 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER |
5653fc33 WD |
3287 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver |
3288 | in the drivers directory | |
c609719b | 3289 | |
91809ed5 PZ |
3290 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD |
3291 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver | |
3292 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash | |
3293 | to the MTD layer. | |
3294 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3295 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE |
96ef831f GL |
3296 | Use buffered writes to flash. |
3297 | ||
3298 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N | |
3299 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered | |
3300 | write commands. | |
3301 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3302 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST |
5568e613 SR |
3303 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't |
3304 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This | |
3305 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only | |
3306 | optionally available. | |
3307 | ||
9a042e9c JVB |
3308 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS |
3309 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown | |
3310 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 | |
3311 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. | |
3312 | ||
352ef3f1 SR |
3313 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY |
3314 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared | |
3315 | against the source after the write operation. An error message | |
3316 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. | |
3317 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, | |
3318 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier | |
3319 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable | |
3320 | this option if you really know what you are doing. | |
3321 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3322 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: |
11ccc33f MZ |
3323 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some |
3324 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value | |
53cf9435 SR |
3325 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all |
3326 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface | |
11ccc33f | 3327 | on high Ethernet traffic. |
53cf9435 SR |
3328 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. |
3329 | ||
ea882baf WD |
3330 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES |
3331 | ||
071bc923 WD |
3332 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used |
3333 | internally to store the environment settings. The default | |
3334 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most | |
3335 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see | |
3336 | lib/hashtable.c for details. | |
ea882baf | 3337 | |
2598090b JH |
3338 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3339 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | |
3340 | Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when | |
3341 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, | |
3342 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, | |
3343 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. | |
3344 | ||
3345 | The format of the list is: | |
3346 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] | |
267541f7 JH |
3347 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] |
3348 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] | |
2598090b JH |
3349 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] |
3350 | list = entry[,list] | |
3351 | ||
3352 | The type attributes are: | |
3353 | s - String (default) | |
3354 | d - Decimal | |
3355 | x - Hexadecimal | |
3356 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) | |
3357 | i - IP address | |
3358 | m - MAC address | |
3359 | ||
267541f7 JH |
3360 | The access attributes are: |
3361 | a - Any (default) | |
3362 | r - Read-only | |
3363 | o - Write-once | |
3364 | c - Change-default | |
3365 | ||
2598090b JH |
3366 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3367 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" | |
3368 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | |
3369 | ||
3370 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | |
3371 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that | |
3372 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" | |
3373 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static | |
3374 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the | |
3375 | ".flags" variable. | |
3376 | ||
267541f7 JH |
3377 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE |
3378 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable | |
3379 | access flags. | |
3380 | ||
5c1a7ea6 SG |
3381 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD |
3382 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the | |
3383 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards | |
3384 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the | |
3385 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and | |
3386 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture | |
3387 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in | |
3388 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on | |
3389 | your board please report the problem and send patches! | |
3390 | ||
632efa74 SG |
3391 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS |
3392 | This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols | |
3393 | instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an | |
3394 | offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than | |
3395 | directly. You should not need to touch this setting. | |
3396 | ||
0b1b60c7 LV |
3397 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) |
3398 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should | |
3399 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how | |
3400 | the value can be calulated on a given board. | |
632efa74 | 3401 | |
c609719b WD |
3402 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management |
3403 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the | |
3404 | following configurations: | |
3405 | ||
c3eb3fe4 MF |
3406 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: |
3407 | ||
3408 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils | |
3409 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. | |
3410 | ||
5a1aceb0 | 3411 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: |
c609719b WD |
3412 | |
3413 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. | |
3414 | ||
3415 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is | |
3416 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This | |
3417 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot | |
3418 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller | |
3419 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a | |
3420 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In | |
3421 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the | |
3422 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With | |
3423 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the | |
3424 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap | |
3425 | between U-Boot and the environment. | |
3426 | ||
0e8d1586 | 3427 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
c609719b WD |
3428 | |
3429 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the | |
3430 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot | |
3431 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset | |
3432 | for this sector is given here. | |
3433 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3434 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. |
c609719b | 3435 | |
0e8d1586 | 3436 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
c609719b WD |
3437 | |
3438 | This is just another way to specify the start address of | |
3439 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of | |
0e8d1586 | 3440 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). |
c609719b | 3441 | |
0e8d1586 | 3442 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: |
c609719b WD |
3443 | |
3444 | Size of the sector containing the environment. | |
3445 | ||
3446 | ||
3447 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. | |
3448 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for | |
3449 | the environment. | |
3450 | ||
0e8d1586 | 3451 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
c609719b | 3452 | |
5a1aceb0 | 3453 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH |
0e8d1586 | 3454 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part |
c609719b WD |
3455 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves |
3456 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. | |
3457 | ||
3458 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this | |
3459 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, | |
3460 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used | |
3461 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is | |
3462 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: | |
3463 | updating the environment in flash makes it always | |
3464 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes | |
3465 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in | |
3466 | RAM, your target system will be dead. | |
3467 | ||
0e8d1586 JCPV |
3468 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND |
3469 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND | |
c609719b | 3470 | |
43d9616c | 3471 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold |
11ccc33f | 3472 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is |
3e38691e | 3473 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during |
43d9616c | 3474 | a "saveenv" operation. |
c609719b WD |
3475 | |
3476 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the | |
3477 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* | |
3478 | accordingly! | |
3479 | ||
3480 | ||
9314cee6 | 3481 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: |
c609719b WD |
3482 | |
3483 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device | |
3484 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the | |
3485 | environment. | |
3486 | ||
0e8d1586 JCPV |
3487 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3488 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | |
c609719b | 3489 | |
11ccc33f | 3490 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you |
c609719b WD |
3491 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory |
3492 | can just be read and written to, without any special | |
3493 | provision. | |
3494 | ||
3495 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early | |
3496 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the | |
11ccc33f | 3497 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or |
c609719b WD |
3498 | U-Boot will hang. |
3499 | ||
3500 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the | |
3501 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to | |
3502 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" | |
3503 | to save the current settings. | |
3504 | ||
3505 | ||
bb1f8b4f | 3506 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: |
c609719b WD |
3507 | |
3508 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access | |
3509 | device and a driver for it. | |
3510 | ||
0e8d1586 JCPV |
3511 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3512 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | |
c609719b WD |
3513 | |
3514 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | |
3515 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. | |
3516 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3517 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: |
c609719b WD |
3518 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. |
3519 | The default address is zero. | |
3520 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3521 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: |
c609719b WD |
3522 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a |
3523 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example | |
3524 | would require six bits. | |
3525 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3526 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: |
c609719b | 3527 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between |
ba56f625 | 3528 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. |
c609719b | 3529 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3530 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: |
c609719b WD |
3531 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note |
3532 | that this is NOT the chip address length! | |
3533 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3534 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: |
5cf91d6b WD |
3535 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones |
3536 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of | |
3537 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit | |
3538 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 | |
3539 | byte chips. | |
3540 | ||
3541 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to | |
3542 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden | |
3543 | in the chip address. | |
3544 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3545 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: |
c609719b WD |
3546 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. |
3547 | ||
548738b4 HS |
3548 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C |
3549 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your | |
3550 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. | |
3551 | ||
3552 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS | |
3553 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over | |
3554 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this | |
3555 | EEPROM. For example: | |
3556 | ||
a9046b9e | 3557 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0" |
548738b4 HS |
3558 | |
3559 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over | |
3560 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. | |
c609719b | 3561 | |
057c849c | 3562 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: |
5779d8d9 | 3563 | |
d4ca31c4 | 3564 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you |
5779d8d9 WD |
3565 | want to use for the environment. |
3566 | ||
0e8d1586 JCPV |
3567 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3568 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | |
3569 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | |
5779d8d9 WD |
3570 | |
3571 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the | |
3572 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed | |
3573 | at the specified address. | |
3574 | ||
0a85a9e7 LG |
3575 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: |
3576 | ||
3577 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you | |
3578 | want to use for the local device's environment. | |
3579 | ||
3580 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | |
3581 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | |
3582 | ||
3583 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the | |
3584 | environment area within the remote memory space. The | |
3585 | local device can get the environment from remote memory | |
fc54c7fa | 3586 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. |
0a85a9e7 LG |
3587 | |
3588 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use | |
3589 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the | |
fc54c7fa LG |
3590 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, |
3591 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. | |
0a85a9e7 | 3592 | |
51bfee19 | 3593 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: |
13a5695b WD |
3594 | |
3595 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use | |
3596 | for the environment. | |
3597 | ||
0e8d1586 JCPV |
3598 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3599 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | |
13a5695b WD |
3600 | |
3601 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | |
fdd813de SW |
3602 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be |
3603 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | |
5779d8d9 | 3604 | |
fdd813de | 3605 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
e443c944 | 3606 | |
0e8d1586 | 3607 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE |
fdd813de SW |
3608 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so |
3609 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | |
c0f40859 | 3610 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be |
fdd813de SW |
3611 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
3612 | ||
3613 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): | |
3614 | ||
3615 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment | |
3616 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's | |
3617 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than | |
3618 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within | |
3619 | the range to be avoided. | |
3620 | ||
3621 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): | |
3622 | ||
3623 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the | |
3624 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The | |
3625 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. | |
3626 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when | |
3627 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. | |
e443c944 | 3628 | |
b74ab737 GL |
3629 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST |
3630 | ||
3631 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the | |
3632 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to | |
3633 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | |
3634 | ||
2b74433f JH |
3635 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: |
3636 | ||
3637 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the | |
3638 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment | |
3639 | accesses, which is important on NAND. | |
3640 | ||
3641 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: | |
3642 | ||
3643 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. | |
3644 | ||
3645 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: | |
3646 | ||
3647 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the | |
3648 | environment in. | |
3649 | ||
785881f7 JH |
3650 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: |
3651 | ||
3652 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of | |
3653 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. | |
3654 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. | |
3655 | ||
2b74433f JH |
3656 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3657 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | |
3658 | ||
3659 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system | |
3660 | when storing the env in UBI. | |
3661 | ||
06e4ae5f SW |
3662 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: |
3663 | ||
3664 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the | |
3665 | environment. | |
3666 | ||
3667 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: | |
3668 | ||
3669 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. | |
3670 | ||
3671 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): | |
3672 | ||
3673 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not | |
3674 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be | |
3675 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). | |
3676 | ||
3677 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | |
3678 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | |
3679 | ||
3680 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | |
3681 | area within the specified MMC device. | |
3682 | ||
5c088ee8 SW |
3683 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to |
3684 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated | |
3685 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if | |
3686 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have | |
3687 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the | |
3688 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the | |
3689 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. | |
3690 | ||
06e4ae5f SW |
3691 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an |
3692 | MMC sector boundary. | |
3693 | ||
3694 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | |
3695 | ||
3696 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to | |
3697 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a | |
3698 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due | |
3699 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. | |
3700 | ||
5c088ee8 SW |
3701 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the |
3702 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. | |
3703 | ||
06e4ae5f SW |
3704 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to |
3705 | an MMC sector boundary. | |
3706 | ||
3707 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): | |
3708 | ||
3709 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is | |
3710 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as | |
3711 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | |
3712 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3713 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET |
c609719b WD |
3714 | |
3715 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The | |
3716 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment | |
3717 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte | |
3718 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization | |
3719 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems | |
3720 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the | |
3721 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. | |
3722 | ||
e881cb56 | 3723 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor |
c609719b | 3724 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been |
cdb74977 | 3725 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() |
c609719b WD |
3726 | until then to read environment variables. |
3727 | ||
85ec0bcc WD |
3728 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor |
3729 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working | |
3730 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is | |
3731 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the | |
3732 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't | |
3733 | have any device yet where we could complain.] | |
c609719b WD |
3734 | |
3735 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if | |
3736 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you | |
85ec0bcc | 3737 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. |
c609719b | 3738 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3739 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: |
42d1f039 | 3740 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. |
fc3e2165 | 3741 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3742 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR |
fc3e2165 WD |
3743 | also needs to be defined. |
3744 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3745 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: |
42d1f039 | 3746 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. |
c609719b | 3747 | |
f5675aa5 RM |
3748 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: |
3749 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init | |
3750 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at | |
3751 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving | |
3752 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not | |
3753 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. | |
3754 | ||
b2b92f53 SG |
3755 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO |
3756 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on | |
3757 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called | |
3758 | to do this. | |
3759 | ||
e2e3e2b1 SG |
3760 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE |
3761 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information | |
3762 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if | |
3763 | present. | |
3764 | ||
c609719b | 3765 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: |
dc7c9a1a | 3766 | --------------------------------------------------- |
c609719b | 3767 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3768 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: |
c609719b WD |
3769 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. |
3770 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3771 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: |
c609719b | 3772 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. |
2535d602 | 3773 | |
42d1f039 WD |
3774 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, |
3775 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of | |
3776 | the IMMR register after a reset. | |
c609719b | 3777 | |
e46fedfe TT |
3778 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: |
3779 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale | |
3780 | PowerPC SOCs. | |
3781 | ||
3782 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: | |
3783 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically | |
3784 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. | |
3785 | ||
3786 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, | |
3787 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. | |
3788 | ||
3789 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: | |
3790 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new | |
3791 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should | |
c0f40859 | 3792 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the |
e46fedfe TT |
3793 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR |
3794 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended | |
3795 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: | |
3796 | ||
3797 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH | |
3798 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) | |
3799 | ||
3800 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: | |
4cf2609b WD |
3801 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically |
3802 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is | |
e46fedfe TT |
3803 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
3804 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | |
3805 | ||
3806 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: | |
3807 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is | |
3808 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | |
3809 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | |
3810 | ||
3811 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: | |
3812 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be | |
3813 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. | |
3814 | ||
7f6c2cbc | 3815 | - Floppy Disk Support: |
6d0f6bcf | 3816 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER |
7f6c2cbc WD |
3817 | |
3818 | the default drive number (default value 0) | |
3819 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3820 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE |
7f6c2cbc | 3821 | |
11ccc33f | 3822 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers |
7f6c2cbc WD |
3823 | (default value 1) |
3824 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3825 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET |
7f6c2cbc | 3826 | |
43d9616c WD |
3827 | defines the offset of register from address. It |
3828 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to | |
11ccc33f | 3829 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) |
7f6c2cbc | 3830 | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3831 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and |
3832 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their | |
43d9616c | 3833 | default value. |
7f6c2cbc | 3834 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3835 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function |
43d9616c WD |
3836 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC |
3837 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board | |
3838 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant | |
3839 | initializations. | |
7f6c2cbc | 3840 | |
0abddf82 ML |
3841 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: |
3842 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI | |
3843 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. | |
3844 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to | |
3845 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional | |
3846 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller | |
3847 | is requierd. | |
3848 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3849 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. |
efe2a4d5 | 3850 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're |
25d6712a | 3851 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] |
c609719b | 3852 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3853 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: |
c609719b | 3854 | |
7152b1d0 | 3855 | Start address of memory area that can be used for |
c609719b WD |
3856 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be |
3857 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special | |
3858 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which | |
3859 | will become available only after programming the | |
3860 | memory controller and running certain initialization | |
3861 | sequences. | |
3862 | ||
3863 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: | |
3864 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) | |
3865 | - MPC824X: data cache | |
3866 | - PPC4xx: data cache | |
3867 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3868 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: |
c609719b WD |
3869 | |
3870 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3871 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually |
3872 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial | |
c609719b | 3873 | data is located at the end of the available space |
553f0982 | 3874 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3875 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just |
3876 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + | |
3877 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. | |
c609719b WD |
3878 | |
3879 | Note: | |
3880 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data | |
3881 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for | |
6d0f6bcf | 3882 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must |
c609719b WD |
3883 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between |
3884 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. | |
3885 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3886 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) |
c609719b | 3887 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3888 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) |
c609719b | 3889 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3890 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) |
c609719b | 3891 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3892 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) |
c609719b | 3893 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3894 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) |
c609719b | 3895 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3896 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) |
c609719b | 3897 | |
6d0f6bcf | 3898 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: |
c609719b WD |
3899 | SDRAM timing |
3900 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3901 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: |
c609719b WD |
3902 | periodic timer for refresh |
3903 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3904 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) |
c609719b | 3905 | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3906 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, |
3907 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, | |
3908 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, | |
3909 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: | |
c609719b WD |
3910 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) |
3911 | ||
3912 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3913 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, |
3914 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: | |
c609719b WD |
3915 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) |
3916 | ||
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3917 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, |
3918 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: | |
c609719b WD |
3919 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer |
3920 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) | |
3921 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3922 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
c609719b WD |
3923 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
3924 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] | |
3925 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3926 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
b423d055 HS |
3927 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
3928 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] | |
3929 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3930 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
c609719b WD |
3931 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
3932 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] | |
3933 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3934 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: |
c609719b WD |
3935 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, |
3936 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read | |
3937 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! | |
3938 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 3939 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) |
43d9616c WD |
3940 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post |
3941 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides | |
3942 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. | |
3943 | cpm_8260.h. | |
ea909b76 | 3944 | |
6d0f6bcf JCPV |
3945 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
3946 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, | |
3947 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, | |
3948 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | |
3949 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, | |
3950 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, | |
3951 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, | |
3952 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) | |
a47a12be | 3953 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. |
5d232d0e | 3954 | |
9cacf4fc DE |
3955 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: |
3956 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not | |
3957 | required. | |
3958 | ||
69fd2d3b AS |
3959 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY |
3960 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. | |
3961 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or | |
3962 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it | |
3963 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted | |
3964 | by coreboot or similar. | |
3965 | ||
842033e6 GJ |
3966 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: |
3967 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. | |
3968 | ||
a09b9b68 KG |
3969 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: |
3970 | Chip has SRIO or not | |
3971 | ||
3972 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: | |
3973 | Board has SRIO 1 port available | |
3974 | ||
3975 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: | |
3976 | Board has SRIO 2 port available | |
3977 | ||
3978 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: | |
3979 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | |
3980 | ||
3981 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: | |
3982 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | |
3983 | ||
3984 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: | |
3985 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region | |
3986 | ||
66bd1846 FE |
3987 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT |
3988 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using | |
3989 | a 16 bit bus. | |
3990 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. | |
a430e916 | 3991 | Example of drivers that use it: |
66bd1846 | 3992 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c |
a430e916 | 3993 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c |
eced4626 AW |
3994 | |
3995 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG | |
3996 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined | |
3997 | a default value will be used. | |
3998 | ||
bb99ad6d | 3999 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM |
218ca724 WD |
4000 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common |
4001 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs | |
4002 | ||
bb99ad6d BW |
4003 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS |
4004 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM | |
4005 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 4006 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
218ca724 WD |
4007 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first |
4008 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve | |
4009 | to something your driver can deal with. | |
bb99ad6d | 4010 | |
1b3e3c4f YS |
4011 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING |
4012 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with | |
4013 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing | |
4014 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into | |
4015 | header files or board specific files. | |
4016 | ||
6f5e1dc5 YS |
4017 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE |
4018 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. | |
4019 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 4020 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 |
218ca724 WD |
4021 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should |
4022 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. | |
2ad6b513 | 4023 | |
c26e454d WD |
4024 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] |
4025 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. | |
4026 | ||
4027 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY | |
4028 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds | |
6e592385 WD |
4029 | to the given FEC; i. e. |
4030 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 | |
c26e454d WD |
4031 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 |
4032 | ||
4033 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. | |
4034 | ||
4035 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR | |
4036 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). | |
4037 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). | |
4038 | ||
4039 | - CONFIG_RMII | |
4040 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. | |
4041 | Note that this is a global option, we can't | |
4042 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. | |
4043 | ||
5cf91d6b WD |
4044 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY |
4045 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. | |
4046 | The syntax is: | |
4047 | ||
4048 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> | |
4049 | ||
4050 | Where address/count indicate a memory area | |
4051 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the | |
4052 | area should have. | |
4053 | ||
56523f12 WD |
4054 | - CONFIG_LOOPW |
4055 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if | |
602ad3b3 | 4056 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
56523f12 | 4057 | |
7b466641 SR |
4058 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC |
4059 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic | |
4060 | "md/mw" commands. | |
4061 | Examples: | |
4062 | ||
efe2a4d5 | 4063 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 |
7b466641 SR |
4064 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. |
4065 | ||
efe2a4d5 | 4066 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 |
7b466641 SR |
4067 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. |
4068 | ||
efe2a4d5 | 4069 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated |
602ad3b3 | 4070 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
7b466641 | 4071 | |
8aa1a2d1 | 4072 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT |
afc1ce82 | 4073 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain |
844f07d8 WD |
4074 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory |
4075 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not | |
4076 | relocate itself into RAM. | |
4077 | ||
4078 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only | |
4079 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some | |
4080 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs | |
4081 | these initializations itself. | |
8aa1a2d1 | 4082 | |
401bb30b | 4083 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
df81238b ML |
4084 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4085 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when | |
4086 | compiling a NAND SPL. | |
400558b5 | 4087 | |
4213fc29 SG |
4088 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM |
4089 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses | |
4090 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard | |
4091 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated | |
4092 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since | |
4093 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all | |
4094 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses | |
4095 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). | |
4096 | ||
d8834a13 MW |
4097 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY |
4098 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET | |
4099 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will | |
4100 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some | |
4101 | conditions but may increase the binary size. | |
4102 | ||
588a13f7 SG |
4103 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR |
4104 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not | |
4105 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. | |
b16f521a | 4106 | |
fc33705e MJ |
4107 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK |
4108 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). | |
4109 | ||
4110 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. | |
5b5ece9e | 4111 | |
f2717b47 TT |
4112 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: |
4113 | ----------------------------------- | |
4114 | ||
4115 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the | |
4116 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. | |
4117 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | |
4118 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | |
4119 | within that device. | |
4120 | ||
4121 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR | |
4122 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The | |
4123 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | |
4124 | is also specified. | |
4125 | ||
4126 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH | |
4127 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format | |
4128 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | |
4129 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | |
4130 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | |
4131 | ||
4132 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR | |
4133 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | |
4134 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the | |
4135 | virtual address in NOR flash. | |
4136 | ||
4137 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND | |
4138 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. | |
4139 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. | |
4140 | ||
4141 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC | |
4142 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC | |
4143 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | |
4144 | ||
4145 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH | |
4146 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI | |
4147 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | |
4148 | ||
292dc6c5 LG |
4149 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE |
4150 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) | |
4151 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which | |
fc54c7fa LG |
4152 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound |
4153 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in | |
4154 | master's memory space. | |
f2717b47 | 4155 | |
c609719b WD |
4156 | Building the Software: |
4157 | ====================== | |
4158 | ||
218ca724 WD |
4159 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments |
4160 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support | |
4161 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all | |
4162 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we | |
4163 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) | |
4164 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. | |
c609719b | 4165 | |
218ca724 WD |
4166 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you |
4167 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, | |
4168 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. | |
4169 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are | |
4170 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: | |
c609719b | 4171 | |
218ca724 WD |
4172 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- |
4173 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE | |
c609719b | 4174 | |
2f8d396b PT |
4175 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in |
4176 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain | |
4177 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW | |
4178 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: | |
4179 | ||
4180 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools | |
4181 | ||
4182 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can | |
4183 | be executed on computers running Windows. | |
4184 | ||
218ca724 WD |
4185 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the |
4186 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This | |
c609719b WD |
4187 | is done by typing: |
4188 | ||
4189 | make NAME_config | |
4190 | ||
218ca724 | 4191 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- |
4d675ae6 | 4192 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. |
db01a2ea | 4193 | |
2729af9d WD |
4194 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if |
4195 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for | |
4196 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) | |
4197 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" | |
11ccc33f | 4198 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. |
2729af9d WD |
4199 | |
4200 | make TQM823L_config | |
4201 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support | |
4202 | ||
4203 | make TQM823L_LCD_config | |
4204 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD | |
4205 | ||
4206 | etc. | |
4207 | ||
4208 | ||
4209 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot | |
4210 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: | |
4211 | ||
4212 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image | |
4213 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format | |
4214 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format | |
4215 | ||
baf31249 MB |
4216 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved |
4217 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change | |
4218 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: | |
4219 | ||
4220 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: | |
4221 | ||
4222 | make O=/tmp/build distclean | |
4223 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config | |
4224 | make O=/tmp/build all | |
4225 | ||
4226 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: | |
4227 | ||
4228 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | |
4229 | make distclean | |
4230 | make NAME_config | |
4231 | make all | |
4232 | ||
4233 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment | |
4234 | variable. | |
4235 | ||
2729af9d WD |
4236 | |
4237 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so | |
4238 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of | |
4239 | native "make". | |
4240 | ||
4241 | ||
4242 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need | |
4243 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these | |
4244 | steps: | |
4245 | ||
4246 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel | |
4d675ae6 MJ |
4247 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. |
4248 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. | |
2729af9d WD |
4249 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any |
4250 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least | |
4251 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". | |
4252 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for | |
4253 | your board | |
4254 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new | |
4255 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. | |
4256 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. | |
4257 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file | |
4258 | to be installed on your target system. | |
4259 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. | |
4260 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] | |
4261 | ||
4262 | ||
4263 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: | |
4264 | ============================================================== | |
4265 | ||
218ca724 WD |
4266 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board |
4267 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to | |
2729af9d WD |
4268 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes |
4269 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest | |
218ca724 | 4270 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. |
2729af9d | 4271 | |
218ca724 WD |
4272 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- |
4273 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of | |
2729af9d WD |
4274 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, |
4275 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot | |
218ca724 WD |
4276 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can |
4277 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' | |
4278 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools | |
4279 | you can type | |
2729af9d WD |
4280 | |
4281 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | |
4282 | ||
4283 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type | |
4284 | ||
4285 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL | |
4286 | ||
218ca724 WD |
4287 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build |
4288 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by | |
4289 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target | |
4290 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and | |
4291 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default | |
4292 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment | |
4293 | variable. For example: | |
baf31249 MB |
4294 | |
4295 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | |
4296 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log | |
4297 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | |
4298 | ||
218ca724 WD |
4299 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, |
4300 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean | |
4301 | during the whole build process. | |
baf31249 MB |
4302 | |
4303 | ||
2729af9d WD |
4304 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. |
4305 | ||
4306 | ||
4307 | Monitor Commands - Overview: | |
4308 | ============================ | |
4309 | ||
4310 | go - start application at address 'addr' | |
4311 | run - run commands in an environment variable | |
4312 | bootm - boot application image from memory | |
4313 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol | |
44f074c7 | 4314 | bootz - boot zImage from memory |
2729af9d WD |
4315 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol |
4316 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" | |
4317 | (and eventually "gatewayip") | |
1fb7cd49 | 4318 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol |
2729af9d WD |
4319 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol |
4320 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' | |
4321 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line | |
4322 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) | |
4323 | md - memory display | |
4324 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) | |
4325 | nm - memory modify (constant address) | |
4326 | mw - memory write (fill) | |
4327 | cp - memory copy | |
4328 | cmp - memory compare | |
4329 | crc32 - checksum calculation | |
0f89c54b | 4330 | i2c - I2C sub-system |
2729af9d WD |
4331 | sspi - SPI utility commands |
4332 | base - print or set address offset | |
4333 | printenv- print environment variables | |
4334 | setenv - set environment variables | |
4335 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage | |
4336 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection | |
4337 | erase - erase FLASH memory | |
4338 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information | |
10635afa | 4339 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) |
2729af9d WD |
4340 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure |
4341 | iminfo - print header information for application image | |
4342 | coninfo - print console devices and informations | |
4343 | ide - IDE sub-system | |
4344 | loop - infinite loop on address range | |
56523f12 | 4345 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range |
2729af9d WD |
4346 | mtest - simple RAM test |
4347 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache | |
4348 | dcache - enable or disable data cache | |
4349 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU | |
4350 | echo - echo args to console | |
4351 | version - print monitor version | |
4352 | help - print online help | |
4353 | ? - alias for 'help' | |
4354 | ||
4355 | ||
4356 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: | |
4357 | ======================================== | |
4358 | ||
4359 | TODO. | |
4360 | ||
4361 | For now: just type "help <command>". | |
4362 | ||
4363 | ||
4364 | Environment Variables: | |
4365 | ====================== | |
4366 | ||
4367 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which | |
4368 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. | |
c609719b | 4369 | |
2729af9d WD |
4370 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using |
4371 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" | |
4372 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the | |
4373 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are | |
4374 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the | |
4375 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. | |
c609719b | 4376 | |
c96f86ee WD |
4377 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. |
4378 | ||
4379 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): | |
c609719b | 4380 | |
2729af9d | 4381 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE |
c609719b | 4382 | |
2729af9d | 4383 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
c609719b | 4384 | |
2729af9d | 4385 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
4a6fd34b | 4386 | |
2729af9d | 4387 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image |
c609719b | 4388 | |
2729af9d | 4389 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP |
c609719b | 4390 | |
7d721e34 BS |
4391 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4392 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | |
4393 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed | |
4394 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" | |
4395 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is | |
4396 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux | |
c3624e6e GL |
4397 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and |
4398 | bootm_mapsize. | |
4399 | ||
c0f40859 | 4400 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. |
c3624e6e GL |
4401 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it |
4402 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base | |
4403 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel | |
4404 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used | |
4405 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is | |
4406 | used otherwise. | |
7d721e34 BS |
4407 | |
4408 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | |
4409 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | |
4410 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region | |
4411 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" | |
4412 | environment variable. | |
4413 | ||
4bae9090 BS |
4414 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used |
4415 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to | |
4416 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. | |
4417 | ||
2729af9d WD |
4418 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), |
4419 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the | |
4420 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to | |
4421 | load any image using TFTP | |
c609719b | 4422 | |
2729af9d WD |
4423 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", |
4424 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will | |
4425 | be automatically started (by internally calling | |
4426 | "bootm") | |
38b99261 | 4427 | |
2729af9d WD |
4428 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the |
4429 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address | |
4430 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. | |
4431 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary | |
4432 | data. | |
c609719b | 4433 | |
a28afca5 DL |
4434 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the |
4435 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. | |
fa34f6b2 SG |
4436 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory |
4437 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel | |
4438 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you | |
4439 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the | |
4440 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address | |
4441 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can | |
4442 | access it during the boot procedure. | |
4443 | ||
a28afca5 DL |
4444 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then |
4445 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this | |
4446 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have | |
4447 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to | |
4448 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory | |
4449 | must be accessible by the kernel. | |
4450 | ||
eea63e05 SG |
4451 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened |
4452 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is | |
4453 | defined. | |
4454 | ||
17ea1177 WD |
4455 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
4456 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast | |
4457 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in | |
4458 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective | |
4459 | it must be saved and board must be reset. | |
4460 | ||
2729af9d WD |
4461 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: |
4462 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be | |
4463 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this | |
4464 | is usually what you want since it allows for | |
4465 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to | |
4466 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the | |
6d0f6bcf | 4467 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment |
2729af9d WD |
4468 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". |
4469 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper | |
4470 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it | |
4471 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). | |
c609719b | 4472 | |
2729af9d WD |
4473 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB |
4474 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, | |
4475 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of | |
4476 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make | |
4477 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first | |
4478 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with | |
c609719b | 4479 | |
2729af9d | 4480 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 |
c609719b | 4481 | |
2729af9d WD |
4482 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an |
4483 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal | |
4484 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash | |
4485 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the | |
4486 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the | |
4487 | boot time on your system, but requires that this | |
4488 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. | |
c609719b | 4489 | |
2729af9d | 4490 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
c609719b | 4491 | |
2729af9d WD |
4492 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", |
4493 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" | |
c609719b | 4494 | |
2729af9d | 4495 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
a3d991bd | 4496 | |
2729af9d | 4497 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
a3d991bd | 4498 | |
2729af9d | 4499 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
a3d991bd | 4500 | |
2729af9d | 4501 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
a3d991bd | 4502 | |
2729af9d | 4503 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
c609719b | 4504 | |
e2a53458 | 4505 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. |
c609719b | 4506 | |
e2a53458 MF |
4507 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. |
4508 | For example you can do the following | |
c609719b | 4509 | |
48690d80 HS |
4510 | => setenv ethact FEC |
4511 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC | |
4512 | => setenv ethact SCC | |
4513 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC | |
c609719b | 4514 | |
e1692577 MF |
4515 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all |
4516 | available network interfaces. | |
4517 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. | |
4518 | ||
c96f86ee | 4519 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will |
2729af9d WD |
4520 | either succeed or fail without retrying. |
4521 | When set to "once" the network operation will | |
4522 | fail when all the available network interfaces | |
4523 | are tried once without success. | |
4524 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation | |
4525 | themselves. | |
c609719b | 4526 | |
b4e2f89d | 4527 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode |
a1cf027a | 4528 | |
28cb9375 | 4529 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's |
ecb0ccd9 WD |
4530 | UDP source port. |
4531 | ||
28cb9375 WD |
4532 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP |
4533 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. | |
4534 | ||
c96f86ee WD |
4535 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, |
4536 | we use the TFTP server's default block size | |
4537 | ||
4538 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- | |
4539 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines | |
4540 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to | |
4541 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. | |
4542 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed | |
4543 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or | |
4544 | with unreliable TFTP servers. | |
4545 | ||
4546 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over | |
11ccc33f | 4547 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q |
2729af9d | 4548 | VLAN tagged frames. |
c609719b | 4549 | |
dc0b7b0e JH |
4550 | The following image location variables contain the location of images |
4551 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is | |
4552 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment | |
4553 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP | |
4554 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be | |
4555 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR | |
4556 | flash or offset in NAND flash. | |
4557 | ||
4558 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some | |
4559 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some | |
4560 | boards use these variables for other purposes. | |
4561 | ||
c0f40859 WD |
4562 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location |
4563 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- | |
4564 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr | |
4565 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr | |
4566 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr | |
4567 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr | |
dc0b7b0e | 4568 | |
2729af9d WD |
4569 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically |
4570 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), | |
4571 | depending the information provided by your boot server: | |
c609719b | 4572 | |
2729af9d WD |
4573 | bootfile - see above |
4574 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server | |
4575 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server | |
4576 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use | |
4577 | hostname - Target hostname | |
4578 | ipaddr - see above | |
4579 | netmask - Subnet Mask | |
4580 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server | |
4581 | serverip - see above | |
c1551ea8 | 4582 | |
c1551ea8 | 4583 | |
2729af9d | 4584 | There are two special Environment Variables: |
c1551ea8 | 4585 | |
2729af9d WD |
4586 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such |
4587 | as type string and/or serial number | |
4588 | ethaddr - Ethernet address | |
c609719b | 4589 | |
2729af9d WD |
4590 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of |
4591 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables | |
4592 | once they have been set once. | |
c609719b | 4593 | |
f07771cc | 4594 | |
2729af9d | 4595 | Further special Environment Variables: |
f07771cc | 4596 | |
2729af9d WD |
4597 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed |
4598 | with the "version" command. This variable is | |
4599 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). | |
f07771cc | 4600 | |
f07771cc | 4601 | |
2729af9d WD |
4602 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take |
4603 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). | |
f07771cc | 4604 | |
f07771cc | 4605 | |
170ab110 JH |
4606 | Callback functions for environment variables: |
4607 | --------------------------------------------- | |
4608 | ||
4609 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change | |
4610 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to | |
4611 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or | |
4612 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side | |
4613 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. | |
4614 | ||
4615 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the | |
4616 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. | |
4617 | ||
4618 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The | |
4619 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC | |
4620 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of | |
4621 | associations. The list must be in the following format: | |
4622 | ||
4623 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] | |
4624 | list = entry[,list] | |
4625 | ||
4626 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. | |
4627 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. | |
4628 | ||
4629 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable | |
4630 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will | |
4631 | override any association in the static list. You can define | |
4632 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the | |
4633 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | |
4634 | ||
4635 | ||
2729af9d WD |
4636 | Command Line Parsing: |
4637 | ===================== | |
f07771cc | 4638 | |
2729af9d WD |
4639 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: |
4640 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: | |
c609719b | 4641 | |
2729af9d WD |
4642 | Old, simple command line parser: |
4643 | -------------------------------- | |
c609719b | 4644 | |
2729af9d WD |
4645 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) |
4646 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' | |
fe126d8b | 4647 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax |
2729af9d WD |
4648 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', |
4649 | for example: | |
fe126d8b | 4650 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} |
2729af9d WD |
4651 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: |
4652 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' | |
c609719b | 4653 | |
2729af9d WD |
4654 | Hush shell: |
4655 | ----------- | |
c609719b | 4656 | |
2729af9d WD |
4657 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like |
4658 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, | |
4659 | until...do...done, ... | |
4660 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv | |
4661 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax | |
4662 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" | |
4663 | command | |
4664 | ||
4665 | General rules: | |
4666 | -------------- | |
c609719b | 4667 | |
2729af9d WD |
4668 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" |
4669 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and | |
4670 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be | |
4671 | executed anyway. | |
c609719b | 4672 | |
2729af9d | 4673 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. |
11ccc33f | 4674 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing |
2729af9d WD |
4675 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining |
4676 | variables are not executed. | |
c609719b | 4677 | |
2729af9d WD |
4678 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: |
4679 | ======================================= | |
c609719b | 4680 | |
11ccc33f | 4681 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports |
2729af9d WD |
4682 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a |
4683 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: | |
c609719b | 4684 | |
2729af9d WD |
4685 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding |
4686 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), | |
4687 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... | |
c609719b | 4688 | |
2729af9d WD |
4689 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance |
4690 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- | |
4691 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment | |
4692 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: | |
c609719b | 4693 | |
2729af9d WD |
4694 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the |
4695 | environment, the SROM's address is used. | |
c609719b | 4696 | |
2729af9d WD |
4697 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the |
4698 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is | |
4699 | used. | |
c609719b | 4700 | |
2729af9d WD |
4701 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and |
4702 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. | |
c609719b | 4703 | |
2729af9d WD |
4704 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the |
4705 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a | |
4706 | warning is printed. | |
c609719b | 4707 | |
2729af9d WD |
4708 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error |
4709 | is raised. | |
c609719b | 4710 | |
ecee9324 | 4711 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses |
c0f40859 | 4712 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This |
ecee9324 BW |
4713 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. |
4714 | The naming convention is as follows: | |
4715 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. | |
c609719b | 4716 | |
2729af9d WD |
4717 | Image Formats: |
4718 | ============== | |
c609719b | 4719 | |
3310c549 MB |
4720 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) |
4721 | images in two formats: | |
4722 | ||
4723 | New uImage format (FIT) | |
4724 | ----------------------- | |
4725 | ||
4726 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar | |
4727 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple | |
4728 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by | |
4729 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. | |
4730 | ||
4731 | ||
4732 | Old uImage format | |
4733 | ----------------- | |
4734 | ||
4735 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, | |
4736 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for | |
4737 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: | |
c609719b | 4738 | |
2729af9d WD |
4739 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, |
4740 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, | |
f5ed9e39 PT |
4741 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; |
4742 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, | |
4743 | INTEGRITY). | |
7b64fef3 | 4744 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, |
afc1ce82 ML |
4745 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; |
4746 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). | |
2729af9d WD |
4747 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) |
4748 | * Load Address | |
4749 | * Entry Point | |
4750 | * Image Name | |
4751 | * Image Timestamp | |
c609719b | 4752 | |
2729af9d WD |
4753 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header |
4754 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by | |
4755 | CRC32 checksums. | |
c609719b WD |
4756 | |
4757 | ||
2729af9d WD |
4758 | Linux Support: |
4759 | ============== | |
c609719b | 4760 | |
2729af9d WD |
4761 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application |
4762 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of | |
4763 | U-Boot. | |
c609719b | 4764 | |
2729af9d WD |
4765 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some |
4766 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any | |
4767 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; | |
4768 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation | |
4769 | serves several purposes: | |
c609719b | 4770 | |
2729af9d WD |
4771 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone |
4772 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the | |
4773 | Flash memory footprint) | |
c609719b | 4774 | |
2729af9d WD |
4775 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because |
4776 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot | |
c609719b | 4777 | |
2729af9d WD |
4778 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" |
4779 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can | |
4780 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't | |
4781 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just | |
4782 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the | |
4783 | software is easier now. | |
c609719b | 4784 | |
c609719b | 4785 | |
2729af9d WD |
4786 | Linux HOWTO: |
4787 | ============ | |
c609719b | 4788 | |
2729af9d WD |
4789 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: |
4790 | --------------------------------------- | |
c609719b | 4791 | |
2729af9d WD |
4792 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to |
4793 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware | |
4794 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to | |
4795 | Linux :-). | |
c609719b | 4796 | |
a47a12be | 4797 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). |
24ee89b9 | 4798 | |
2729af9d WD |
4799 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance |
4800 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board | |
1dc30693 MH |
4801 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, |
4802 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value | |
6d0f6bcf | 4803 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. |
24ee89b9 | 4804 | |
c609719b | 4805 | |
2729af9d WD |
4806 | Configuring the Linux kernel: |
4807 | ----------------------------- | |
c609719b | 4808 | |
2729af9d WD |
4809 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root |
4810 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. | |
4811 | ||
4812 | ||
4813 | Building a Linux Image: | |
4814 | ----------------------- | |
c609719b | 4815 | |
2729af9d WD |
4816 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are |
4817 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target | |
4818 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by | |
4819 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, | |
4820 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a | |
4821 | 100% compatible format. | |
4822 | ||
4823 | Example: | |
4824 | ||
4825 | make TQM850L_config | |
4826 | make oldconfig | |
4827 | make dep | |
4828 | make uImage | |
4829 | ||
4830 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to | |
4831 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, | |
4832 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: | |
4833 | ||
4834 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): | |
4835 | ||
4836 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: | |
4837 | ||
4838 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ | |
4839 | -R .note -R .comment \ | |
4840 | -S vmlinux linux.bin | |
4841 | ||
4842 | * compress the binary image: | |
4843 | ||
4844 | gzip -9 linux.bin | |
4845 | ||
4846 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: | |
4847 | ||
4848 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ | |
4849 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ | |
4850 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage | |
c609719b | 4851 | |
c609719b | 4852 | |
2729af9d WD |
4853 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use |
4854 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or | |
4855 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 | |
4856 | byte header containing information about target architecture, | |
4857 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time | |
4858 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. | |
4859 | ||
4860 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and | |
4861 | print the header information, or to build new images. | |
4862 | ||
4863 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information | |
4864 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes | |
4865 | checksum verification: | |
c609719b | 4866 | |
2729af9d WD |
4867 | tools/mkimage -l image |
4868 | -l ==> list image header information | |
4869 | ||
4870 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image | |
4871 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: | |
4872 | ||
4873 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ | |
4874 | -n name -d data_file image | |
4875 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' | |
4876 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' | |
4877 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | |
4878 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' | |
4879 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) | |
4880 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) | |
4881 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' | |
4882 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' | |
4883 | ||
69459791 WD |
4884 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load |
4885 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the | |
4886 | kernel version: | |
2729af9d WD |
4887 | |
4888 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, | |
4889 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. | |
4890 | ||
4891 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: | |
4892 | ||
4893 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | |
4894 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ | |
a47a12be | 4895 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ |
2729af9d WD |
4896 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L |
4897 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | |
4898 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | |
4899 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
4900 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | |
4901 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | |
4902 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | |
4903 | ||
4904 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): | |
4905 | ||
4906 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L | |
4907 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | |
4908 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | |
4909 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
4910 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | |
4911 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | |
4912 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | |
4913 | ||
4914 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade | |
4915 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this | |
4916 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not | |
4917 | need to be uncompressed: | |
4918 | ||
a47a12be | 4919 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz |
2729af9d WD |
4920 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
4921 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ | |
a47a12be | 4922 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ |
2729af9d WD |
4923 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed |
4924 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | |
4925 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | |
4926 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) | |
4927 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB | |
4928 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | |
4929 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | |
4930 | ||
4931 | ||
4932 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file | |
4933 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: | |
4934 | ||
4935 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ | |
4936 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ | |
4937 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd | |
4938 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | |
4939 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 | |
4940 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | |
4941 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB | |
4942 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | |
4943 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | |
4944 | ||
4945 | ||
4946 | Installing a Linux Image: | |
4947 | ------------------------- | |
4948 | ||
4949 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, | |
4950 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: | |
4951 | ||
4952 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec | |
4953 | ||
4954 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot | |
4955 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to | |
4956 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to | |
4957 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' | |
4958 | command. | |
4959 | ||
4960 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the | |
4961 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): | |
4962 | ||
4963 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF | |
4964 | ||
4965 | .......... done | |
4966 | Erased 8 sectors | |
4967 | ||
4968 | => loads 40100000 | |
4969 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | |
4970 | ~>examples/image.srec | |
4971 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... | |
4972 | ... | |
4973 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 | |
4974 | [file transfer complete] | |
4975 | [connected] | |
4976 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 | |
4977 | ||
4978 | ||
4979 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; | |
218ca724 | 4980 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data |
2729af9d WD |
4981 | corruption happened: |
4982 | ||
4983 | => imi 40100000 | |
4984 | ||
4985 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | |
4986 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | |
4987 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
4988 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | |
4989 | Load Address: 00000000 | |
4990 | Entry Point: 0000000c | |
4991 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | |
4992 | ||
4993 | ||
4994 | Boot Linux: | |
4995 | ----------- | |
4996 | ||
4997 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in | |
4998 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents | |
4999 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as | |
5000 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the | |
5001 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: | |
5002 | ||
5003 | ||
5004 | => printenv bootargs | |
5005 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram | |
5006 | ||
5007 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | |
5008 | ||
5009 | => printenv bootargs | |
5010 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | |
5011 | ||
5012 | => bootm 40020000 | |
5013 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... | |
5014 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L | |
5015 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
5016 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB | |
5017 | Load Address: 00000000 | |
5018 | Entry Point: 0000000c | |
5019 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | |
5020 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | |
5021 | Linux version 2.2.13 ([email protected]) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 | |
5022 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | |
5023 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | |
5024 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | |
5025 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] | |
5026 | ... | |
5027 | ||
11ccc33f | 5028 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass |
2729af9d WD |
5029 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT |
5030 | format!) to the "bootm" command: | |
5031 | ||
5032 | => imi 40100000 40200000 | |
5033 | ||
5034 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | |
5035 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | |
5036 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
5037 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | |
5038 | Load Address: 00000000 | |
5039 | Entry Point: 0000000c | |
5040 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | |
5041 | ||
5042 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... | |
5043 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | |
5044 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | |
5045 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | |
5046 | Load Address: 00000000 | |
5047 | Entry Point: 00000000 | |
5048 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | |
5049 | ||
5050 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 | |
5051 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... | |
5052 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | |
5053 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
5054 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | |
5055 | Load Address: 00000000 | |
5056 | Entry Point: 0000000c | |
5057 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | |
5058 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | |
5059 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... | |
5060 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | |
5061 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | |
5062 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | |
5063 | Load Address: 00000000 | |
5064 | Entry Point: 00000000 | |
5065 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | |
5066 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK | |
5067 | Linux version 2.2.13 ([email protected]) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 | |
5068 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram | |
5069 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | |
5070 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | |
5071 | ... | |
5072 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 | |
5073 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). | |
5074 | ||
5075 | bash# | |
5076 | ||
0267768e MM |
5077 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: |
5078 | ----------- | |
5079 | ||
5080 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section | |
5081 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The | |
5082 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated | |
5083 | flat device tree: | |
5084 | ||
5085 | => print oftaddr | |
5086 | oftaddr=0x300000 | |
5087 | => print oft | |
5088 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb | |
5089 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft | |
5090 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | |
5091 | Using TSEC0 device | |
5092 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 | |
5093 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. | |
5094 | Load address: 0x300000 | |
5095 | Loading: # | |
5096 | done | |
5097 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) | |
5098 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile | |
5099 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | |
5100 | Using TSEC0 device | |
5101 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 | |
5102 | Filename 'uImage'. | |
5103 | Load address: 0x200000 | |
5104 | Loading:############ | |
5105 | done | |
5106 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) | |
5107 | => print loadaddr | |
5108 | loadaddr=200000 | |
5109 | => print oftaddr | |
5110 | oftaddr=0x300000 | |
5111 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr | |
5112 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... | |
a9398e01 WD |
5113 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty |
5114 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | |
5115 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB | |
0267768e | 5116 | Load Address: 00000000 |
a9398e01 | 5117 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
0267768e MM |
5118 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5119 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | |
5120 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 | |
5121 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description | |
5122 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb | |
5123 | [snip] | |
5124 | ||
5125 | ||
2729af9d WD |
5126 | More About U-Boot Image Types: |
5127 | ------------------------------ | |
5128 | ||
5129 | U-Boot supports the following image types: | |
5130 | ||
5131 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment | |
5132 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave | |
5133 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from | |
5134 | the Standalone Program. | |
5135 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which | |
5136 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs | |
5137 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device | |
5138 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot | |
5139 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. | |
5140 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their | |
5141 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is | |
5142 | being started. | |
5143 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS | |
5144 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like | |
5145 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want | |
5146 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot | |
5147 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get | |
5148 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. | |
5149 | ||
5150 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each | |
5151 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network | |
5152 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". | |
5153 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by | |
5154 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to | |
5155 | a multiple of 4 bytes). | |
5156 | ||
5157 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like | |
5158 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to | |
5159 | flash memory. | |
5160 | ||
5161 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by | |
5162 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially | |
5163 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) | |
5164 | as command interpreter. | |
5165 | ||
44f074c7 MV |
5166 | Booting the Linux zImage: |
5167 | ------------------------- | |
5168 | ||
5169 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done | |
5170 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same | |
5171 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. | |
5172 | ||
8ac28563 | 5173 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply |
017e1f3f MV |
5174 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the |
5175 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following | |
5176 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". | |
5177 | ||
2729af9d WD |
5178 | |
5179 | Standalone HOWTO: | |
5180 | ================= | |
5181 | ||
5182 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and | |
5183 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of | |
5184 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. | |
5185 | ||
5186 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: | |
5187 | ||
5188 | "Hello World" Demo: | |
5189 | ------------------- | |
5190 | ||
5191 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo | |
5192 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. | |
5193 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it | |
5194 | like that: | |
5195 | ||
5196 | => loads | |
5197 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | |
5198 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec | |
5199 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | |
5200 | [file transfer complete] | |
5201 | [connected] | |
5202 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | |
5203 | ||
5204 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. | |
5205 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | |
5206 | Hello World | |
5207 | argc = 7 | |
5208 | argv[0] = "40004" | |
5209 | argv[1] = "Hello" | |
5210 | argv[2] = "World!" | |
5211 | argv[3] = "This" | |
5212 | argv[4] = "is" | |
5213 | argv[5] = "a" | |
5214 | argv[6] = "test." | |
5215 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" | |
5216 | Hit any key to exit ... | |
5217 | ||
5218 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | |
5219 | ||
5220 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt | |
5221 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. | |
5222 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. | |
5223 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' | |
5224 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be | |
5225 | controlled by the following keys: | |
5226 | ||
5227 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers | |
5228 | b - enable interrupts and start timer | |
5229 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts | |
5230 | q - quit application | |
5231 | ||
5232 | => loads | |
5233 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | |
5234 | ~>examples/timer.srec | |
5235 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | |
5236 | [file transfer complete] | |
5237 | [connected] | |
5238 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | |
5239 | ||
5240 | => go 40004 | |
5241 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | |
5242 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 | |
5243 | Using timer 1 | |
5244 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 | |
5245 | ||
5246 | Hit 'b': | |
5247 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us | |
5248 | Enabling timer | |
5249 | Hit '?': | |
5250 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ | |
5251 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 | |
5252 | Hit '?': | |
5253 | [q, b, e, ?] . | |
5254 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 | |
5255 | Hit '?': | |
5256 | [q, b, e, ?] . | |
5257 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 | |
5258 | Hit '?': | |
5259 | [q, b, e, ?] . | |
5260 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 | |
5261 | Hit 'e': | |
5262 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer | |
5263 | Hit 'q': | |
5264 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | |
5265 | ||
5266 | ||
5267 | Minicom warning: | |
5268 | ================ | |
5269 | ||
5270 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the | |
5271 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) | |
5272 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under | |
5273 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and | |
5274 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and | |
e53515a2 KP |
5275 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See |
5276 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. | |
5277 | for help with kermit. | |
5278 | ||
2729af9d WD |
5279 | |
5280 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this | |
5281 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: | |
5282 | ||
5283 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi | |
5284 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N | |
5285 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N | |
5286 | ||
5287 | ||
5288 | NetBSD Notes: | |
5289 | ============= | |
5290 | ||
5291 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host | |
5292 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). | |
5293 | ||
5294 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on | |
5295 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also | |
5296 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). | |
5297 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; | |
5298 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is | |
5299 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: | |
5300 | ||
5301 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include | |
5302 | # mkdir powerpc | |
5303 | # ln -s powerpc machine | |
5304 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h | |
5305 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST | |
5306 | ||
5307 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native | |
5308 | and U-Boot include files. | |
5309 | ||
5310 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a | |
5311 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel | |
5312 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source | |
5313 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the | |
2a8af187 | 5314 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz |
2729af9d WD |
5315 | |
5316 | ||
5317 | Implementation Internals: | |
5318 | ========================= | |
5319 | ||
5320 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every | |
5321 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the | |
5322 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom | |
5323 | hardware. | |
5324 | ||
5325 | ||
5326 | Initial Stack, Global Data: | |
5327 | --------------------------- | |
5328 | ||
5329 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot | |
5330 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to | |
5331 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). | |
5332 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS | |
5333 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working | |
5334 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation | |
5335 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU | |
5336 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and | |
5337 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be | |
5338 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. | |
5339 | ||
218ca724 | 5340 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the |
0668236b | 5341 | U-Boot mailing list: |
2729af9d WD |
5342 | |
5343 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? | |
5344 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <[email protected]> | |
5345 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) | |
5346 | ... | |
5347 | ||
5348 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it | |
5349 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not | |
5350 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness | |
5351 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of | |
5352 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's | |
11ccc33f | 5353 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you |
2729af9d WD |
5354 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and |
5355 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. | |
5356 | ||
5357 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It | |
5358 | is another option for the system designer to use as an | |
11ccc33f | 5359 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either |
2729af9d WD |
5360 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your |
5361 | board designers haven't used it for something that would | |
5362 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not | |
5363 | used. | |
5364 | ||
6d0f6bcf | 5365 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere |
2729af9d WD |
5366 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value |
5367 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in | |
8a316c9b | 5368 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger |
2729af9d WD |
5369 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set |
5370 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources | |
5371 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in | |
5372 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when | |
5373 | you get the config right. | |
5374 | ||
5375 | -Chris Hallinan | |
5376 | DS4.COM, Inc. | |
5377 | ||
5378 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C | |
5379 | code for the initialization procedures: | |
5380 | ||
5381 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt | |
5382 | to write it. | |
5383 | ||
11ccc33f | 5384 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized |
2729af9d WD |
5385 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- |
5386 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). | |
5387 | ||
5388 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like | |
5389 | that. | |
5390 | ||
5391 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use | |
5392 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it | |
5393 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly | |
5394 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all | |
5395 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ | |
5396 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of | |
5397 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we | |
5398 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we | |
5399 | reserve for this purpose. | |
5400 | ||
5401 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the | |
5402 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by | |
5403 | GCC's implementation. | |
5404 | ||
5405 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: | |
5406 | R1: stack pointer | |
e7670f6c | 5407 | R2: reserved for system use |
2729af9d WD |
5408 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values |
5409 | R5-R10: parameter passing | |
5410 | R13: small data area pointer | |
5411 | R30: GOT pointer | |
5412 | R31: frame pointer | |
5413 | ||
e6bee808 JT |
5414 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 |
5415 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when | |
5416 | going back and forth between asm and C) | |
2729af9d | 5417 | |
e7670f6c | 5418 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data |
2729af9d WD |
5419 | |
5420 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the | |
5421 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), | |
5422 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat | |
5423 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on | |
5424 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, | |
5425 | 624 text + 127 data). | |
5426 | ||
c4db335c | 5427 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: |
4c58eb55 MF |
5428 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface |
5429 | ||
c4db335c | 5430 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data |
4c58eb55 | 5431 | |
2729af9d WD |
5432 | On ARM, the following registers are used: |
5433 | ||
5434 | R0: function argument word/integer result | |
5435 | R1-R3: function argument word | |
5436 | R9: GOT pointer | |
5437 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled) | |
5438 | R11: argument (frame) pointer | |
5439 | R12: temporary workspace | |
5440 | R13: stack pointer | |
5441 | R14: link register | |
5442 | R15: program counter | |
5443 | ||
5444 | ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data | |
5445 | ||
0df01fd3 TC |
5446 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: |
5447 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf | |
5448 | ||
5449 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data | |
5450 | ||
5451 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp | |
5452 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. | |
5453 | ||
afc1ce82 ML |
5454 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: |
5455 | ||
5456 | R0-R1: argument/return | |
5457 | R2-R5: argument | |
5458 | R15: temporary register for assembler | |
5459 | R16: trampoline register | |
5460 | R28: frame pointer (FP) | |
5461 | R29: global pointer (GP) | |
5462 | R30: link register (LP) | |
5463 | R31: stack pointer (SP) | |
5464 | PC: program counter (PC) | |
5465 | ||
5466 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data | |
5467 | ||
d87080b7 WD |
5468 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, |
5469 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. | |
2729af9d WD |
5470 | |
5471 | Memory Management: | |
5472 | ------------------ | |
5473 | ||
5474 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the | |
5475 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. | |
5476 | ||
5477 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory | |
5478 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each | |
5479 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several | |
5480 | physical memory banks. | |
5481 | ||
5482 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on | |
5483 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After | |
5484 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself | |
5485 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some | |
6d0f6bcf | 5486 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN |
2729af9d WD |
5487 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board |
5488 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). | |
5489 | ||
5490 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB | |
5491 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). | |
5492 | ||
5493 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like | |
5494 | this: | |
5495 | ||
5496 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code | |
5497 | : | |
5498 | 0x0000 1FFF | |
5499 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use | |
5500 | : | |
5501 | : | |
5502 | ||
5503 | : | |
5504 | : | |
5505 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) | |
5506 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data | |
5507 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena | |
5508 | : | |
5509 | 0x00FD FFFF | |
5510 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code | |
5511 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer | |
5512 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) | |
5513 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] | |
5514 | ||
5515 | ||
5516 | System Initialization: | |
5517 | ---------------------- | |
c609719b | 5518 | |
2729af9d | 5519 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point |
11ccc33f | 5520 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset |
2729af9d WD |
5521 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. |
5522 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. | |
5523 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) | |
5524 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs | |
5525 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked | |
5526 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, | |
5527 | the caches and the SIU. | |
5528 | ||
5529 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a | |
5530 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries | |
5531 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash | |
5532 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is | |
5533 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a | |
5534 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM | |
5535 | banks. | |
5536 | ||
5537 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of | |
5538 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first | |
5539 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address | |
5540 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create | |
5541 | contiguous memory starting from 0. | |
5542 | ||
5543 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area | |
5544 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board | |
5545 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM | |
5546 | pages, and the final stack is set up. | |
5547 | ||
5548 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; | |
5549 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are | |
5550 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a | |
5551 | new address in RAM. | |
5552 | ||
5553 | ||
5554 | U-Boot Porting Guide: | |
5555 | ---------------------- | |
c609719b | 5556 | |
2729af9d WD |
5557 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing |
5558 | list, October 2002] | |
c609719b WD |
5559 | |
5560 | ||
6c3fef28 | 5561 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
2729af9d WD |
5562 | { |
5563 | sighandler_t no_more_time; | |
c609719b | 5564 | |
6c3fef28 JVB |
5565 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); |
5566 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); | |
c609719b | 5567 | |
2729af9d | 5568 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { |
6c3fef28 | 5569 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; |
c609719b WD |
5570 | return 0; |
5571 | } | |
5572 | ||
2729af9d WD |
5573 | Download latest U-Boot source; |
5574 | ||
0668236b | 5575 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; |
2729af9d | 5576 | |
6c3fef28 JVB |
5577 | if (clueless) |
5578 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); | |
2729af9d WD |
5579 | |
5580 | while (learning) { | |
5581 | Read the README file in the top level directory; | |
6c3fef28 JVB |
5582 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; |
5583 | Read applicable doc/*.README; | |
2729af9d | 5584 | Read the source, Luke; |
6c3fef28 | 5585 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ |
2729af9d WD |
5586 | } |
5587 | ||
6c3fef28 JVB |
5588 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) |
5589 | Buy a BDI3000; | |
5590 | else | |
2729af9d | 5591 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; |
2729af9d | 5592 | |
6c3fef28 JVB |
5593 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ |
5594 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> | |
5595 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h | |
5596 | } else { | |
5597 | Create your own board support subdirectory; | |
5598 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; | |
5599 | } | |
5600 | Edit new board/<myboard> files | |
5601 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h | |
5602 | ||
5603 | while (!accepted) { | |
5604 | while (!running) { | |
5605 | do { | |
5606 | Add / modify source code; | |
5607 | } until (compiles); | |
5608 | Debug; | |
5609 | if (clueless) | |
5610 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); | |
5611 | } | |
5612 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; | |
5613 | if (reasonable critiques) | |
5614 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; | |
5615 | else | |
5616 | Defend code as written; | |
2729af9d | 5617 | } |
2729af9d WD |
5618 | |
5619 | return 0; | |
5620 | } | |
5621 | ||
5622 | void no_more_time (int sig) | |
5623 | { | |
5624 | hire_a_guru(); | |
5625 | } | |
5626 | ||
c609719b | 5627 | |
2729af9d WD |
5628 | Coding Standards: |
5629 | ----------------- | |
c609719b | 5630 | |
2729af9d | 5631 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel |
2c051651 | 5632 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script |
7ca9296e | 5633 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. |
2c051651 DZ |
5634 | |
5635 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the | |
5636 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not | |
5637 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those | |
5638 | sources. | |
5639 | ||
5640 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in | |
5641 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) | |
5642 | in your code. | |
c609719b | 5643 | |
2729af9d WD |
5644 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: |
5645 | - remove any trailing white space | |
7ca9296e | 5646 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces |
2729af9d | 5647 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds |
7ca9296e | 5648 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files |
2729af9d | 5649 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files |
180d3f74 | 5650 | |
2729af9d WD |
5651 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned |
5652 | with a request to reformat the changes. | |
c609719b WD |
5653 | |
5654 | ||
2729af9d WD |
5655 | Submitting Patches: |
5656 | ------------------- | |
c609719b | 5657 | |
2729af9d WD |
5658 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to |
5659 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules | |
5660 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. | |
c609719b | 5661 | |
0d28f34b | 5662 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. |
218ca724 | 5663 | |
0668236b WD |
5664 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <[email protected]>; |
5665 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot | |
5666 | ||
2729af9d WD |
5667 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with |
5668 | it: | |
c609719b | 5669 | |
2729af9d WD |
5670 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes |
5671 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the | |
5672 | patch actually fixes something. | |
c609719b | 5673 | |
2729af9d WD |
5674 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your |
5675 | implementation. | |
c609719b | 5676 | |
2729af9d | 5677 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) |
c609719b | 5678 | |
2729af9d | 5679 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file |
c609719b | 5680 | |
2729af9d | 5681 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this |
7ca9296e | 5682 | board to the MAINTAINERS file, too. |
c609719b | 5683 | |
2729af9d WD |
5684 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to |
5685 | document these in the README file. | |
c609719b | 5686 | |
218ca724 WD |
5687 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* |
5688 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the | |
7ca9296e | 5689 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to |
218ca724 WD |
5690 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems |
5691 | with some other mail clients. | |
5692 | ||
5693 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of | |
5694 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of | |
5695 | GNU diff. | |
c609719b | 5696 | |
218ca724 WD |
5697 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent |
5698 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that | |
5699 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the | |
5700 | affected files). | |
6dff5529 | 5701 | |
218ca724 WD |
5702 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, |
5703 | and compressed attachments must not be used. | |
c609719b | 5704 | |
2729af9d WD |
5705 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several |
5706 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. | |
52f52c14 | 5707 | |
2729af9d WD |
5708 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be |
5709 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. | |
8bde7f77 | 5710 | |
52f52c14 | 5711 | |
2729af9d | 5712 | Notes: |
c609719b | 5713 | |
2729af9d WD |
5714 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched |
5715 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported | |
5716 | for any of the boards. | |
c609719b | 5717 | |
2729af9d WD |
5718 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch |
5719 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be | |
5720 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. | |
c609719b | 5721 | |
2729af9d WD |
5722 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not |
5723 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! | |
5724 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only | |
5725 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature | |
5726 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your | |
5727 | modification. | |
90dc6704 | 5728 | |
0668236b WD |
5729 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the |
5730 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are | |
5731 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches | |
5732 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. |